WO2022257572A1 - Methods for transmitting and receiving reference signal, and apparatus - Google Patents

Methods for transmitting and receiving reference signal, and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022257572A1
WO2022257572A1 PCT/CN2022/084600 CN2022084600W WO2022257572A1 WO 2022257572 A1 WO2022257572 A1 WO 2022257572A1 CN 2022084600 W CN2022084600 W CN 2022084600W WO 2022257572 A1 WO2022257572 A1 WO 2022257572A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
sequence
time unit
unit group
subsequence
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/084600
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴海兵
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022257572A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022257572A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602Signal structure
    • H04L27/261Details of reference signals
    • H04L27/2613Structure of the reference signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602Signal structure
    • H04L27/2605Symbol extensions, e.g. Zero Tail, Unique Word [UW]
    • H04L27/2607Cyclic extensions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2626Arrangements specific to the transmitter only
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2647Arrangements specific to the receiver only
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communications, and in particular to methods and devices for sending and receiving reference signals.
  • the distance measurement between devices can be realized through serial transmission.
  • the sending end can send a sequence to the receiving end.
  • the receiving end After receiving the sequence from the sending end (referred to as the receiving sequence), the receiving end performs a correlation operation on the received sequence and the local sequence generated locally by the receiving end. According to the peak position of the correlation operation, Determine the distance between the receiving end and the sending end.
  • the present application provides a method and device for sending and receiving reference signals, which can enhance the anti-interference capability of sequences and reduce interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • a method for sending a reference signal may be executed by a sending device, or may be executed by a component of the sending device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the sending device, or may be Realized by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sending end device.
  • the method includes: determining a first sequence, and determining a second sequence according to the first sequence, and then sending the second sequence.
  • the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, the second sequence
  • the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • each time unit carries a cyclic prefix, which can reduce subcarrier interference and inter-symbol interference, thereby further reducing interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix, and the second cyclic prefix includes the last subsequence M1 of the second sequence elements, or in other words, the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
  • the second cyclic prefix is carried on the starting time unit of the first time unit group, and the cyclic prefix is not sent on other time units, thereby reducing resource overhead.
  • the cyclic prefix can reduce subcarrier interference and inter-symbol interference, thereby further reducing the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • the sending end device sends the second sequence on some time units in the second time unit group, so that data can be sent on another part of the time units in the second time unit group, so as to achieve the gap between data transmission and sequence transmission.
  • the balance between them can reduce the waiting delay of data transmission and improve the flexibility of sequence transmission.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group
  • the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • mapping relationship between l * and l ** there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the lth time unit of the second sequence * subsequence.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the receiver device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the receiving end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • sending the second indication information to the receiving end device includes: sending radio resource control RRC signaling to the receiving end device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information; or , sending downlink control information DCI to the receiving end device, DCI carrying second indication information; or, sending sidelink control information SCI to the receiving end device, SCI carrying second indication information; or, sending RRC signaling to the receiving end device and DCI, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information; or, sends RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving end device, and the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information , the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  • the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device in various ways, which improves the flexibility of sending the second indication information.
  • sending the second indication information to the receiving end device includes: sending the second indication information to the receiving end device when at least one of the following changes:
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • A is a complex number independent of n
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • is a real number independent of n
  • N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L
  • q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  • the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: ⁇ , N ZC , or q.
  • the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n+N) (c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
  • n 0,1,2...LN-1
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of shift registers, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or N The initial state of the stage shift register.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences
  • N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n)
  • N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), and the shift register of the N1 stage
  • a method for sending a reference signal may be executed by a receiving device, or may be executed by a component of the receiving device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the receiving device, or may be It is realized by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the receiver device.
  • the method includes: acquiring the received signal of the reference signal on the first time unit group, and processing the received signal according to the second sequence.
  • the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the receiving end processes the received signal of the reference signal according to the second sequence, the correlation of the long sequence can be fully utilized, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
  • the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the second sequence's
  • the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix
  • the second cyclic prefix includes the last subsequence M1 of the second sequence elements, or in other words, the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group
  • the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • mapping relationship between l * and l ** there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the lth time unit of the second sequence * subsequence.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the sending end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • receiving the second indication information from the sender device includes: receiving radio resource control RRC signaling from the sender device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information ; Or, receiving downlink control information DCI from the sending end device, DCI carrying the second indication information; or receiving side link control information SCI from the sending end device, the SCI carrying the second indication information; or, receiving from the sending end device
  • the RRC signaling and DCI of the device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information; or, receiving the RRC signaling and SCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carrying the first Part of the second indication information, the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • A is a complex number independent of n
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • is a real number independent of n
  • N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L
  • q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  • the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: ⁇ , N ZC , or q.
  • the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n+N) (c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
  • n 0,1,2...LN-1
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of shift registers, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or N The initial state of the stage shift register.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences
  • N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n)
  • N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), and the shift register of the N1 stage
  • a communication device for implementing the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
  • the communication device includes a corresponding module, unit, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module. It may further include a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is configured to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • the transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any aspect above.
  • the communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device Perform the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • the communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
  • a communication device including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program or an instruction stored in a memory, so that the communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • the memory can be coupled to the processor, or it can be independent of the processor.
  • the communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it is run on a communication device, the communication device can execute the method described in any aspect above .
  • a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), and the communication device includes a processor configured to implement the functions involved in any one of the above aspects.
  • the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the device when it is a system-on-a-chip, it may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information
  • the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information
  • the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • a communication system in a tenth aspect, includes the sending end device and the receiving end device described in the above aspect.
  • a communication device including a unit for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a first schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3a is a schematic structural diagram II of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3b is a schematic structural diagram III of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3c is a fourth structural schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3d is a schematic structural diagram five of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending and receiving a reference signal provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 6a is a first schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6b is a second schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7a is a third schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram 4 of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram 5 of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9a is a sixth schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application VII;
  • Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram eighth of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application ninth;
  • Fig. 11a is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11b is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application II
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application III;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow diagram 4 of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a sending end device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a receiver device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • plural means two or more than two.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect.
  • words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used as examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design scheme described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.
  • references to "an embodiment” throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
  • pre-defined in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-firing.
  • the measurement of the distance between devices can be realized through the transmission of sequences.
  • the sending end device sends a sequence in one symbol, that is, the length of the sequence is limited to the total number of data points in one symbol, or in other words, the number of elements included in the sequence does not exceed the total number of data points in one symbol.
  • the symbol may be, for example, an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbol or a single-carrier frequency-division multiple access (single-carrier frequency-division multiple access, SC-FDMA) symbol.
  • the time domain location of the data point within the symbol is used to carry the data.
  • the symbol may also include a cyclic prefix point, and the time domain position where the cyclic prefix point is located is used to bear the cyclic prefix. Data points and cyclic prefix points may be collectively referred to as sample points.
  • the sending end device sends a sequence S including 5 elements in each of the three symbols, where , the elements of the sequence S are respectively denoted as S(1), S(2), S(3), S(4), and S(5).
  • the cyclic prefix within each symbol consists of the last two elements of sequence S, S(4) and S(5).
  • the receiving end device can receive the received sequence including the cyclic prefix and the sequence S, and truncate the received sequence in each symbol to obtain the sorted sequence, and then the sorted sequence and the local sequence in each According to the result of the circular correlation operation, the distance between the receiving end device and the sending end device is obtained.
  • the local sequence is the same as the sequence S sent by the sender device.
  • sequences sent by different devices may interfere with each other.
  • the length of the sequence is limited to the number of data points in one symbol, the length of the sequence is short and the anti-interference ability is limited.
  • the present application provides a method for sending and receiving a reference signal, which can enhance the anti-interference capability and reduce the interference between sequences sent by different devices, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
  • the communication system can be a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or The fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, vehicle to everything (V2X) system, or LTE and 5G hybrid networking system, or device-to-device (D2D) communication system, Machine to machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE and 5G hybrid networking system or device-to-device (D2D) communication system
  • D2D device-to-device
  • M2M Machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, it can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (enhanced mobile broadband, eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra- Reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), large-scale machine type communication (massive machine type communication, mMTC), D2D, V2X, and IoT and other communication scenarios.
  • enhanced mobile broadband enhanced mobile broadband
  • eMBB ultra-reliable low-latency communication
  • URLLC ultra- Reliable low latency communication
  • machine type communication machine type communication
  • MTC large-scale machine type communication
  • mMTC massive machine type communication
  • D2D V2X
  • IoT and other communication scenarios IoT and other communication scenarios.
  • the present application provides a communication system applicable to the present application.
  • the communication system may include a sending end device 201 and a receiving end device 202 .
  • the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may both be terminal devices or chips or chip systems therein.
  • the sending end device 201 may be a network device or a chip or a chip system therein
  • the receiving end device 202 may be a terminal device or a chip or a chip system therein.
  • the terminal device may be a device for implementing a communication function.
  • Terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be, for example, an IoT, V2X, D2D, M2M, 5G network, or a wireless terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a wireless terminal can refer to a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal device may be a drone, an IoT device (for example, a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (station, ST) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), a cell phone, Cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (also called wearable smart devices), tablet computers or computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminals, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, vehicle-mounted terminals, vehicles with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capabilities, intelligent network Vehicles, UAVs with UAV to U
  • the network device is a device for connecting the terminal device to the wireless network, and may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A). ), such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario; or it can be a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNodeB or gNB) in a 5G system; or it can be a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP); or it may be a base station in a future evolved PLMN, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • an evolved base station evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • LTE-A evolved LTE system
  • the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be the same device.
  • the sending end device 201 may receive the reflected signal of the sending signal.
  • the transmitting end device may determine the distance between the transmitting end device and the electromagnetic reflector based on the received reflection signal.
  • the sending device 201 is an example. After the sending signal of the smart speaker is reflected by an electromagnetic reflector, the smart speaker receives the reflected signal of the sending signal .
  • the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be different devices.
  • one of the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be a smart speaker, and the other may be a smart TV.
  • both the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be vehicle-mounted devices.
  • the transmitting device 201 may be a network device, and the receiving device 202 may be a vehicle device or a handheld device.
  • the relevant functions of the sending end device or the receiving end device involved in this application can be realized by one device, can also be realized by multiple devices, can also be realized by one or more functional modules in one device, or can be one or more
  • the plurality of chips may also be a system on chip (system on chip, SOC) or a chip system, and the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 400 includes one or more processors 401, communication lines 402, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 4, it is only exemplary to include a communication interface 404 and a processor 401 for illustration), optional Yes, a memory 403 may also be included.
  • the processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the implementation of the application program program integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 402 may be used for communication between different components included in the communication device 400 .
  • the communication interface 404 can be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access networks (wireless access networks, RAN), wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) and the like.
  • the transceiving module may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver.
  • the communication interface 404 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 401 to realize signal input and signal output of the processor.
  • the storage 403 may be a device having a storage function.
  • it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of memory that can store information and instructions
  • a dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 402 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 403 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 401 .
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 401 may also perform processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the application, and the communication interface 404 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks.
  • the example does not specifically limit this.
  • the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 400 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 401 and the processor 408 in FIG. 4 .
  • Each of these processors may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor.
  • the processor here may include but not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence
  • central processing unit central processing unit, CPU
  • microprocessor digital signal processor
  • microcontroller microcontroller unit, MCU
  • artificial intelligence Various types of computing devices that run software such as processors, each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions to perform calculations or processing.
  • the communication apparatus 400 may further include an output device 405 and an input device 406 .
  • Output device 405 is in communication with processor 401 and may display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 405 may be a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), a light emitting diode (light emitting diode, LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc.
  • the input device 406 communicates with the processor 401 and can receive user input in various ways.
  • the input device 406 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device, among others.
  • composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device. Except for the components shown in FIG. certain components, or a different arrangement of components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the executive body may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations.
  • each step may be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the name of the message between the sending end device and the receiving end device or the name of each parameter in the message is just an example, and other names may also be used in the specific implementation. This is not specifically limited.
  • a method for sending and receiving a reference signal includes the following steps:
  • the device at the sending end determines a first sequence. Wherein, the length of the first sequence is L.
  • the length of the first sequence may refer to the number of elements included in the first sequence.
  • the length L of the first sequence may be greater than the maximum sequence length corresponding to one time unit.
  • the maximum sequence length corresponding to a time unit can be the number of data points in the time unit.
  • a time unit in this application may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a frame, etc., and a symbol may be, for example, an SC-FDMA symbol or an OFDM symbol.
  • the time unit is used as an example for illustration.
  • the value of the length L of the first sequence may be stored, or pre-stored, or pre-configured, or solidified, or pre-fired in the sending end device. Alternatively, it may be determined by the sending end device. Alternatively, it may be stipulated in an agreement, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the device at the sending end determines a second sequence according to the first sequence.
  • the second sequence includes subsequences, the subsequences of the second sequence include M elements, Exemplarily, M may be equal to or less than the number of data points in one time unit.
  • M may be equal to or less than the number of data points in one time unit.
  • the determining of the second sequence by the sending-end device according to the first sequence may include: the sending-end device rearranges elements of the first sequence to obtain the second sequence.
  • the positions of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be implemented in the following two ways:
  • the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be expressed as the following formula (1):
  • the index difference between any two adjacent elements in the first sequence is equal to
  • the index difference between any two adjacent elements in the first sequence is equal to 1.
  • the device at the sending end sends the second sequence.
  • the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group.
  • the first time cell group includes time units, and the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence. That is, the second sequence is sent on the first time unit group, and one time unit in the first time unit group carries a subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the first time unit group includes symbols.
  • the sending the second sequence by the sending end device may include: sending a reference signal by the sending end device, where the reference signal includes the second sequence.
  • the device at the receiving end acquires a received signal of the reference signal on the first time unit group.
  • the reference signal includes a second sequence determined according to the first sequence.
  • the second sequence reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the received signal of the reference signal may be a signal received by the device at the receiving end after the reference signal is transmitted through the channel.
  • the received signal of the reference signal may be a reflected signal of the reference signal sent by the sending-end device.
  • the device at the receiving end processes the received signal according to the second sequence.
  • the receiving device can obtain the distance between the receiving device and the target object by processing the received signal.
  • the target object may be an electromagnetic reflector; when the receiving end device and the sending end device are different devices, the target object is the sending end device .
  • this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (4), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (4).
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • A is a complex number independent of n
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • is a real number independent of n
  • N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L
  • q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  • the first sequence when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (4), the first sequence may be called a Zadoff-chu sequence, or a ZC sequence for short.
  • a Zadoff-chu sequence or a ZC sequence for short.
  • ZC sequence for short.
  • the first sequence may be generated through N-stage shift registers connected by feedback.
  • the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register can be expressed as the following formula (5):
  • F(x) is the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register.
  • ci is the feedback coefficient of the i -th shift register .
  • the value of ci is 1 or 0.
  • ci takes 0, it means no feedback, that is, the feedback line of the i -th shift register is disconnected.
  • ci takes When it is 1, it means that there is feedback, that is, the feedback line of the i-th shift register is not disconnected.
  • c 0 is equal to 1.
  • the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (6), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (6):
  • r(n+N) (c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n))mod2 (6)
  • n 0, 1, 2...L-N-1, indicating that n is an integer from 0 to L-N-1.
  • r(0) to r(N-1) are the 0th to N-1th elements of the first sequence, for example, r(0) to r( N-1) may be the initial state of the 0th shift register to the N-1th register.
  • the Nth element to the L-N-1th element of the first sequence are calculated according to the above formula (6).
  • the first sequence when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (6), the first sequence may be called an m-sequence.
  • the first sequence may be called an m-sequence.
  • m-sequence there may also be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (7), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (7).
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences
  • N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n)
  • N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
  • the first sequence when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (7), the first sequence may be called a Gold sequence.
  • the first sequence may be called a Gold sequence.
  • step S503 When the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, for step S503:
  • the l* th time unit in the first time unit group may also carry the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • M1 may be equal to or less than the maximum number of elements that can be included in the cyclic prefix carried by one time unit.
  • the first time unit group may be included in the second time unit group, and the second time unit group includes N symb time units. Both the start time unit and the end time unit in the second time unit group carry the subsequence of the second sequence, that is, the first time unit group includes the start time unit and the end time unit in the second time unit group.
  • the first time unit group may also include other time units in the second time unit group.
  • the start time unit refers to the time unit with the earliest time domain position in the time unit group
  • the end time unit indicates the time unit with the latest time domain position in the time unit group. Therefore, when the first time unit group includes the start time unit in the second time unit group, the time domain positions of the start time unit in the first time unit group and the start time unit in the second time unit group are the same.
  • the index of the time unit in the second time unit group is l **
  • the index in the first time unit group is l *
  • the mapping relationship carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence for the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group. That is, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, which can be understood as: the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the second sequence The l * th subsequence of .
  • N symb can be greater than That is, the first time unit group includes some time units in the second time unit group. In this scenario, the first time unit group includes time units may not be consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • the second time unit group includes 4 time units, the indexes l ** of the 4 time units are 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, and the first time unit group includes 3 in the second time unit group time units, and the index l ** of the time units included in the first time unit group in the second time unit group is 0, 2, and 3 respectively as an example, since the time units included in the first time unit group are in the first time unit
  • the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in Figure 6a. That is to say, the time units in the second time unit group can carry the subsequences of the second sequence in the order of the time units, for example, the subsequence carried by the previous time unit is located before the subsequence carried by the subsequent time unit .
  • the position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be shown in FIG. 6b.
  • the time units in the second time unit group may not carry the subsequences of the second sequence in the order of the time units, for example, the previous time units may carry the later subsequences in the second sequence, and the later The time unit of can carry the first subsequence in the second sequence.
  • the N symb is greater than
  • the sender device sends the second sequence on some time units in the second time unit group, so that data can be sent on another part of the time unit in the second time unit group, so as to achieve a balance between data transmission and sequence transmission , so as to reduce the data transmission waiting delay and improve the flexibility of sequence transmission.
  • N symb can be equal to That is, the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group.
  • the N symb time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the second time unit group.
  • the N symb time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the time domain.
  • the second time unit group includes 3 time units, the indices l ** of the 3 time units are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, and the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group
  • the position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be shown in FIG. 7b.
  • there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** which are not limited.
  • the above correspondence between l * and l ** may be stored, or pre-stored, or pre-configured, or solidified, or pre-fired in the sending end device. Or, it may be determined by the device at the sending end, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • step S503 When the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the second method in step S502, for step S503:
  • the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix
  • the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the last subsequence of the second sequence, or in other words, the second The cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
  • the time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the time domain.
  • the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the second cyclic prefix is carried on the starting time unit of the first time unit group, and the cyclic prefix is not sent on other time units, thereby reducing resource overhead.
  • the l* th time unit in the first time unit group can also carry the first cyclic prefix. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
  • the first time unit group may be included in the second time unit group, and the second time unit group includes N symb time units. If the index of the time unit in the second time unit group is l ** , and the index in the first time unit group is l * , since the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, l * and l ** There is a mapping relationship between them. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
  • N symb can be greater than That is, the first time unit group includes some time units in the second time unit group. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
  • the second time unit group includes 4 time units
  • the indexes l ** of the 4 time units are 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively
  • the first time unit group includes 3 in the second time unit group time units
  • the index l ** of the time units included in the first time unit group in the second time unit group is 0, 2, and 3 respectively as an example, since the time units included in the first time unit group are in the first time unit
  • Table 5 Based on the elements shown in Table 5, taking the time unit as an example, the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in FIG. 9a.
  • the position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 9b.
  • there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** which are not limited.
  • N symb can be equal to That is, the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
  • the second time unit group includes 3 time units, the indices l ** of the 3 time units are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, and the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group
  • the position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 10b.
  • there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** which are not limited.
  • the method of obtaining the correspondence between l * and l ** above can refer to the relevant description of step S503 when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502 above, I won't go into details here.
  • the mapping relationship between l * and l ** can also be understood as the mapping relationship between the subsequence of the second sequence and the time unit in the second time unit group, that is, the second time
  • the l ** th time unit in the unit group carries the l *th subsequence of the second sequence, or the l* th subsequence of the second sequence is mapped to the l ** th time unit in the second time unit group .
  • the mapping order of the second sequence is the 0th symbol ⁇ the 2nd symbol ⁇ the 1st symbol in the second time unit group.
  • the received signal of the reference signal acquired by the receiver device may include sub signal.
  • the l * th sub-signal may include the l * th subsequence of the second sequence and its corresponding first cyclic prefix, and the l * th sub-signal is carried by the l * th time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the received signal of the reference signal acquired by the receiving end may include the second sequence and the second cyclic prefix.
  • step S504 when the sub-signal of the received signal of the reference signal obtained by the receiving end device includes the sub-sequence of the second sequence and its corresponding first cyclic prefix, the above step S505 may include the following steps:
  • the device at the receiving end can determine the interception position corresponding to the l * th sub-signal of the received signal according to preset rules; and then according to the interception position corresponding to the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, the The sequence is intercepted to obtain the l * th subsequence of the third sequence.
  • the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal of the received signal and
  • the interval between the starting positions of the starting time units in the first time unit group is timing advanced (time advanced, TA)
  • the intercepting time length of the starting sub-signal is M*T s
  • T s is an adjacent sampling point time interval between.
  • the sending-end device may indicate to the receiving-end device the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group, so that the receiving-end device can determine to obtain the above-mentioned
  • the initial time-domain position of the received signal is used to determine the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal.
  • the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal of the received signal is the same as the initial time unit in the first time unit group
  • the interval between the starting positions is M1*T s /2
  • M1*T s is the time domain length occupied by the first cyclic prefix
  • the intercepting time length of the starting sub-signal is M*T s .
  • the preset rule may also indicate that the latter sub-signal
  • the interval between the initial interception position of the first sub-signal and the termination interception position of the previous sub-signal is M1*T s , or in other words, the interval between the initial interception position of the latter sub-signal and the termination interception position of the previous sub-signal is M1 element.
  • the sending-end device and the receiving-end device are different devices, and the time unit is a symbol.
  • the elements sent by the sending-end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 7a, assuming that the start time in the first time unit group is The initial position of the unit is time a, TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 11a, the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal is at time a+T s , and the initial interception position of the latter sub-signal is the same as that of the previous sub-signal There are 2 elements between the ending interception positions.
  • the preset rule may also indicate that the second time unit
  • the interval between the starting interception position corresponding to the next time unit in the unit group and the ending interception position corresponding to the previous time unit is M1*T s , or in other words, the starting interception position corresponding to the latter time unit is the same as the previous time unit
  • the terminal interception positions corresponding to the units are separated by M1 elements.
  • the receiver device may perform the above-mentioned preset rules on the signal on each time unit in the second time unit group to truncate. Afterwards, the receiver device can determine which time units in the second time unit group carry subsequences of the second sequence and which time units do not carry the second sequence according to the mapping relationship between l * and l ** , so that The intercepted information in the time unit of the second sequence is discarded or processed in other ways.
  • the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal may be understood as the interception position corresponding to the initial time unit in the second time unit group.
  • the elements sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 6a, assuming that the starting position of the start time unit in the second time unit group is time a, and TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 11b, the initial interception position of the initial time unit is at time a+T s , and the interval between the initial interception position corresponding to the next time unit and the termination interception position corresponding to the previous time unit is 2 element.
  • the receiver device determines the mapping relationship between l * and l ** , it can determine that the second sequence is carried on the 0th, 2nd, and 3rd time units in the second time unit group, and the first The time unit does not carry the second sequence, so that the information intercepted at the first time unit can be discarded or processed in other ways.
  • the sending end device may send first indication information to the receiving end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate l * and the mapping relationship of l ** .
  • the receiver device can obtain the mapping relationship between l * and l ** according to the first indication information, so as to determine the time domain positions of the multiple time units carrying the second sequence.
  • the first indication information may include a table to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
  • the first indication information may include the following Table 6.
  • the first indication information may include two sets of indexes, where the first set of indexes includes multiple values of l ** , and the second set of indexes includes multiple values of l * .
  • the mapping relationship between l * and l ** is indicated by the order of the indexes in the group, for example, the i-th l ** in the first group of indexes corresponds to the i-th l * in the second group of indexes.
  • the first indication information may include: a first group index ⁇ 0, 2, 3 ⁇ and a second group index ⁇ 0, 1, 2 ⁇ .
  • the first indication information may also indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the l * th subsequence of the third sequence obtained may include the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence M2 elements and M3 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, M2 is less than or equal to the number of elements M1 included in the first cyclic prefix, and the sum of M2 and M3 is equal to M.
  • the value of M2 may be 0, that is, the l * th subsequence of the third sequence may not include the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, therefore, for the l * th subsequence of the third sequence , regardless of whether M2 is equal to 0 or not, all elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence are included, the difference is that the order of all elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence in the l * th subsequence of the third sequence different.
  • different sub-sequences of the obtained third sequence may include the same number of elements in the first cyclic prefix.
  • step S5053 if the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, execute the following step S5053; if the receiver device and the sender device are different devices, execute the following step S5052.
  • the receiving-end device may generate the second sequence according to an instruction of the sending-end device.
  • the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device, and correspondingly, the receiving-end device receives the second indication information from the sending-end device.
  • the second indication information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the first The time domain position of the starting time unit in the time unit group. For the function of the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group, reference may be made to the related description in the above step S5051, which will not be repeated here.
  • the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: ⁇ , N ZC , or q.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of the shift register, the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register, or the N-stage shift The initial state of the bit register.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback of the N1 stage shift register Connection mode, initial state of N1-level shift register, shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), number of stages N2 of shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), feedback connection mode of N2-level shift register, N2 The initial state of the stage shift register, or the shift value N c2 of x 2 (n).
  • the receiver device may generate the first sequence according to the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence, for example, the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence Substituting the above formula (4) or formula (6) or formula (7) to generate the first sequence.
  • a second sequence is then generated according to the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number of elements included in the subsequence, and the positions of elements in the second sequence in the first sequence.
  • the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the method 1 or method 2 in the above step S502, and the sending device may indicate to the receiving device whether the sending device uses method 1 or method 2, and correspondingly Yes, the receiver device uses the same method as the sender device.
  • the transmitting device determines the second sequence according to the first sequence
  • the receiving device substitutes the number of subsequences and the number of elements included in the subsequence into the above formula (1) to generate the second sequence.
  • the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device in the following manner, and the receiving-end device receives the second indication information from the sending-end device in a corresponding manner:
  • the sending end device may send radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the receiving end device, and the RRC signaling carries the second indication information.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the receiver device receives the RRC signaling from the transmitter device.
  • the sending-end device may send downlink control information (DCI) to the receiving-end device, and the DCI carries the second indication information.
  • the receiving device receives the DCI from the transmitting device.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the transmitting-end device may send sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI) to the receiving-end device, and the SCI carries the second indication information .
  • the receiving device receives the SCI from the sending device.
  • the sending-end device may send RRC signaling and DCI to the receiving-end device, and carry part of the second indication information in the RRC signaling.
  • the DCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  • the receiving device receives the RRC and DCI from the transmitting device.
  • RRC carries information indicating the length of the first sequence and generation parameters of the first sequence
  • DCI carries information indicating the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number of elements included in the subsequence number of information.
  • the sending-end device may send RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving-end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI Carry another part of the second indication information.
  • the receiving device receives the RRC and SCI from the transmitting device.
  • the SCI carries information indicating the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence
  • the RRC carries information indicating the number of subsequences included in the second sequence and the number of elements included in the subsequence. number of information.
  • the sending-end device may send the second sequence to the receiving-end device multiple times. For example, when the distance between the receiving-end device and the sending-end device needs to be obtained periodically or multiple times, the sending-end device may periodically or more The second sequence is sent to the receiving end device.
  • the sender device when the sender device sends the second sequence for the first time, it can send the second indication information to the receiver device, and subsequently, the sender device can send the second indication information to the receiver device only when at least one of the following information changes :
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the second indication information sent by the device at the sending end indicates the changed parameter.
  • step S5021 and then execute step S5022; or, execute step S5022 first, and then execute step S5021; or execute steps S5021 and S5022 at the same time, without limitation.
  • the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, because l * and l **
  • the receiver device can learn the mapping relationship between l * and l ** according to the instruction of the transmitter device, and adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence or the third sequence according to the mapping relationship, so that the subsequences of the second sequence The l * th subsequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the third sequence.
  • the sequence obtained by adjusting the order of the subsequences of the second sequence may be called a local sequence.
  • the order adjustment of the subsequences of the second sequence can also be completed in the above step S5022, at this time, step S5022 can be described as generating a local sequence.
  • the elements sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 6b
  • the received signal of the reference signal obtained by the receiving end device is the same as that sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group
  • the elements are the same, and M2 is equal to 1 as an example.
  • the device at the receiving end intercepts the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, and the obtained third sequence can be shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the device at the receiving end intercepts the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, and the obtained third sequence can be shown in FIG. 12 .
  • FIG. 12 At this time, as shown in FIG.
  • the receiver device can adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence, for example, place the second subsequence of the second sequence between the 0th subsequence and the 1st subsequence, so that The l * th subsequence of the second sequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the third sequence.
  • the receiver device may adjust the order of the subsequences of the third sequence, for example, place the first subsequence of the third sequence between the 0th subsequence and the second subsequence, so that the lth subsequence of the third sequence * The subsequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the receiver device does not need to adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence or the third sequence.
  • the first l * of the third sequence subsequence is naturally aligned with the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • performing circular correlation operations on the second sequence and the third sequence may satisfy the following formula (8):
  • P( ⁇ ) is the result of the ⁇ th sub-operation of the correlation operation result, Represents the l * th subsequence of the third sequence, and k- ⁇ can be understood as a cyclic left shift of the kth element of the l * th subsequence of the third sequence by ⁇ .
  • represents the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, Indicates the kth element of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, the superscript * in s * means conjugation, M1 is the number of elements included in the first cyclic prefix, ⁇ 0,1,...M1-1 means ⁇ is an integer from 0 to M1-1.
  • the target object is an electromagnetic reflector.
  • the target object is the sending-end device.
  • the peak value among the M1-1 sub-operation results may be determined. Assuming that the peak value is the sub-operation result P(K) when ⁇ is taken as K, in the case that the receiving device and the transmitting device are the same device, the distance between the receiving device and the target object satisfies the following formula (9); When the end device and the sending end device are different devices, the distance between the receiving end device and the target object satisfies the following formula (10).
  • d is the distance between the receiver device and the target object
  • c 0 is the electromagnetic wave propagation speed
  • T is the difference between the start time of intercepting the received signal and the start time of sending the second sequence
  • T s is the phase The time interval between adjacent sampling points.
  • d is the distance between the receiver device and the target object
  • c 0 is the electromagnetic wave propagation speed
  • T s is the time interval between adjacent adopting points.
  • TA is a timing advanced (time advanced, TA) between the sending-end device and the receiving-end device.
  • step S505 may include the following steps:
  • the S505a Intercept the received signal to obtain a third sequence.
  • the third sequence includes L elements.
  • the device at the receiving end may determine the interception position corresponding to the received signal according to a preset rule; and then intercept the received signal according to the interception position corresponding to the received signal to obtain the third sequence.
  • the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the received signal and the first time unit group
  • the interval between the starting positions of the starting time units in is TA, and the intercepting time length of the received signal is L*T s .
  • the preset rule may indicate that the interval between the initial interception position of the received signal and the initial position of the initial time unit in the first time unit group is The interval of is M1*T s /2, and the interception time length of the received signal is L*T s .
  • the third sequence may include the first L1 elements of the second sequence and the last L2 elements of the second cyclic prefix, and the sum of L1 and L2 is equal to L.
  • the sending-end device and the receiving-end device are different devices, and the time unit is a symbol.
  • the elements sent by the sending-end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 8, assuming that the start time in the first time unit group is The starting position of the unit is time a, TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 13, the starting interception position of the received signal shown in the first row is at time a+T s .
  • the third sequence obtained after sorting the results shown in the second row includes 15 elements, of which the first element is the last element of the second cyclic prefix, and the remaining elements are The first 14 elements of the second sequence, ie L1 is equal to 14 and L2 is equal to 1.
  • step S505c if the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, perform the following step S505b.
  • step S505b For the implementation of step S505b, reference may be made to the description of step S5052 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • performing circular correlation operations on the second sequence and the third sequence may satisfy the following formula (11):
  • P( ⁇ ) is the ⁇ th sub-operation result of the correlation operation result
  • y represents the third sequence
  • l- ⁇ can be understood as a cyclic left shift of the l-th element of the third sequence by ⁇ .
  • s(l) indicates the lth element of the second sequence
  • the superscript * in s * indicates conjugation
  • M1 is the number of elements included in the second cyclic prefix
  • step S505d For the implementation of step S505d, reference may be made to the description of step S5054 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, such as Figure 11a, Figure 11b, Figure 12, And in FIG. 13, the third sequence is obtained by intercepting the received signal, thereby effectively increasing the length of the sequence, enhancing the anti-interference capability of the sequence, and reducing the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
  • the third sequence and the second sequence fully conform to the arrangement of the cyclic shift, that is, the lth sequence of the third sequence
  • the number of elements spaced between the lth element of the third sequence and the lth element of the second sequence is equal, and l is an integer from 0 to L-1, such as the third sequence and the second sequence in Figure 13, From the point of view of circulation, there is one element between R(14) and R(0), and this rule is also satisfied between R(0) and R(1) and other corresponding elements. Therefore, the correlation of long sequences can be fully utilized, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the sending device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or Software Implementation.
  • the methods and/or steps implemented by the receiving end device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) that can be used in the receiving end device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the sending end device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above sending end device, or a component that can be used for the sending end device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device may be the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above receiving end device, or a component that can be used for the receiving end device, such as a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a sending end device 140 .
  • the sending end device 140 includes a processing module 1401 .
  • a transceiver module 1402 may also be included.
  • the sending end device 140 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 14 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1402 also referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1402 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiving module 1402 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the sending device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the Other processes of the technology; the processing module 1401 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the sending end device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein .
  • the processing type such as determination, acquisition, etc.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second sequence, the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group, and the first time unit group includes time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes The last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group
  • the second time unit group includes N symb time units
  • N symb is equal to
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the transceiving module 1402 is further configured to send first indication information to the receiving device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
  • the transceiver module 1402 is further configured to send second indication information to the receiving end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, the second sequence includes The number of subsequences of The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving device, including:
  • a transceiver module 1402 configured to send radio resource control RRC signaling to the receiving device, where the RRC signaling carries second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the receiving end device, and the DCI carries the second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send sidelink control information SCI to the receiving end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send RRC signaling and DCI to the receiving end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving end device, including: when at least one of the following items changes, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving end device:
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • A is a complex number independent of n
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • is a real number independent of n
  • N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L
  • q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  • the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: ⁇ , N ZC , or q.
  • the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n+N) (c N r(n+N-1)+cn -1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
  • n 0,1,2...LN-1
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number N of shift register stages, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or the initial state of N stages of shift registers.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences
  • N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n)
  • nc 2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1-stage shift register, and the initial stage of the N1-stage shift register state, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2-stage shift register, the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or x 2 (n) shift value N c2 .
  • the sending end device 140 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • Module here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the sending end device 140 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 401 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 invoking computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 in FIG. 14 can be realized through the communication interface 404 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module 1401
  • the function/implementation process of may be realized by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or a chip system.
  • the sending end device 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device 150 .
  • the receiver device 150 includes a processing module 1501 .
  • a transceiver module 1502 may also be included.
  • the receiver device 150 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 15 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1502 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1502 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiving module 1502 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the Other processes of the technology; the processing module 1501 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein .
  • the processing module 1501 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein .
  • the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence; the processing module 1501 is also configured to process the received signal according to the second sequence.
  • the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes The last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group
  • the second time unit group includes N symb time units
  • N symb is equal to
  • the first time unit group consists of time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  • mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive first indication information from the sending end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
  • the transceiver module 1502 is further configured to receive second indication information from the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
  • the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive the second indication information from the sending device, including:
  • a transceiver module 1502 configured to receive radio resource control RRC signaling from the sending end device, where the RRC signaling carries second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the sender device, where the DCI carries second indication information;
  • the transceiving module 1502 is configured to receive sidelink control information SCI from the sending end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive RRC signaling and DCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
  • the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive RRC signaling and SCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • A is a complex number independent of n
  • j is an imaginary unit
  • is a real number independent of n
  • N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L
  • q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  • the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: ⁇ , N ZC , or q.
  • the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n+N) (c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
  • n 0,1,2...LN-1
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number N of shift register stages, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or the initial state of N stages of shift registers.
  • the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
  • r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence
  • x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences
  • N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n)
  • N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
  • the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1-stage shift register, and the initial stage of the N1-stage shift register state, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2-stage shift register, the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or x 2 (n) shift value N c2 .
  • the receiver device 150 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • Module here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the receiver device 150 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 in FIG. 15 may be implemented by the processor 401 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 invoking computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be realized through the communication interface 404 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module 1501
  • the function/implementation process of may be realized by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or a chip system.
  • the receiver device 150 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the sending end device or receiving end device described in the embodiment of the present application can also be realized by using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), Programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • field programmable gate array field programmable gate array, FPGA
  • PLD Programmable logic device
  • controller state machine
  • gate logic discrete hardware components
  • discrete hardware components any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
  • the sending-end device or the receiving-end device described in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602 .
  • the communication device 1600 may be a sending end device or a receiving end device, or a chip therein.
  • FIG. 16 shows only the main components of the communication device 1600 .
  • the communication device may further include a memory 1603 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
  • the processor 1601 is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, controlling the entire communication device, executing software programs, and processing data of the software programs.
  • the memory 1603 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the transceiver 1602 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1603 may be connected through a communication bus.
  • the processor 1601 can read the software program in the memory 1603, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1601 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1601, and the processor 1601 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
  • the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .
  • the embodiments of the present application further provide a communication device, where the communication device includes a processor, configured to implement the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • This memory is used to save necessary computer programs and data.
  • the computer program may include instructions, and the processor may invoke the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any one of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device further includes an interface circuit, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a system-on-a-chip.
  • the communication device may consist of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a computer, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the systems, devices and methods described in this application can also be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or may be a data storage device including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc.
  • the computer may include the aforementioned apparatus.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides methods for transmitting and receiving a reference signal, and an apparatus, capable of enhancing the anti-interference capability of a sequence and reducing interference between sequences sent by different devices. The method for transmitting a reference signal comprises: a transmitting end apparatus determining a first sequence, determining a second sequence according to the first sequence, then transmitting the second sequence. A receiving end apparatus acquires a received signal comprising a reference signal of the second sequence, and processes the received signal according to the second sequence. The length of the first sequence is L; the second sequence comprises a number N* symb of subsequences; a subsequence of the second sequence comprises a number M of elements; the kth element of the l*-th subsequence is the N* symb×k+l*-th element of the first sequence; l*=0,…,N* symb-1; k=0,…,M-1; N* symb=L/M; the second sequence is carried by a first time unit group, the first time unit group comprising N* symb time units, and the l*-th time unit in the first time unit group carrying the l*-th subsequence of the second sequence.

Description

参考信号的发送、接收方法及装置Reference signal sending and receiving method and device
本申请要求于2021年06月10日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110645411.6、申请名称为“一种信息处理方法、终端及网络设备”的中国专利申请的优先权和于2021年08月26日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110991104.3、申请名称为“参考信号的发送、接收方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on June 10, 2021, with the application number 202110645411.6, and the application title "An Information Processing Method, Terminal, and Network Equipment" and filed on August 26, 2021 The priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110991104.3 and the application title "Method and Device for Sending and Receiving Reference Signals" filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on the 1st, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及参考信号的发送、接收方法及装置。The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and in particular to methods and devices for sending and receiving reference signals.
背景技术Background technique
移动通信系统中,可以通过序列的传输实现设备之间距离的测量。例如,发送端可以向接收端发送序列,接收端接收到来自发送端的序列(称为接收序列)后,将接收序列和接收端在本地生成的本地序列进行相关运算,根据相关运算的峰值位置,确定接收端和发送端之间的距离。In a mobile communication system, the distance measurement between devices can be realized through serial transmission. For example, the sending end can send a sequence to the receiving end. After receiving the sequence from the sending end (referred to as the receiving sequence), the receiving end performs a correlation operation on the received sequence and the local sequence generated locally by the receiving end. According to the peak position of the correlation operation, Determine the distance between the receiving end and the sending end.
然而,在设备较多的场景下,不同设备可能在同一时频资源上发送序列。此时,不同设备发送的序列之间会相互干扰。However, in a scenario with many devices, different devices may send sequences on the same time-frequency resource. At this time, the sequences sent by different devices will interfere with each other.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种参考信号的发送、接收方法及装置,能够增强序列的抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。The present application provides a method and device for sending and receiving reference signals, which can enhance the anti-interference capability of sequences and reduce interference between sequences sent by different devices.
第一方面,提供了一种参考信号的发送方法,该方法可以由发送端装置执行,也可以由发送端装置的部件,例如发送端装置的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分发送端装置功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:确定第一序列,并根据第一序列,确定第二序列,之后发送第二序列。其中,第一序列的长度为L;第二序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000001
个子序列,第二序列的子序列包括M个元素,第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000002
个元素,或者,第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000003
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000004
k=0,…,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000005
第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000006
个时间单元,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。
In the first aspect, a method for sending a reference signal is provided. The method may be executed by a sending device, or may be executed by a component of the sending device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the sending device, or may be Realized by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sending end device. The method includes: determining a first sequence, and determining a second sequence according to the first sequence, and then sending the second sequence. Among them, the length of the first sequence is L; the second sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000001
subsequence, the subsequence of the second sequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000002
elements, or, the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000003
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000004
k=0,...,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000005
The second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000006
time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
基于该方案,本申请将较长的序列进行拆分由多个时间单元承载,使得拆分后的序列在接收端进行处理时,依然能够重新拼接为完整的长序列,从而有效增加了序列的长度,增强了序列的抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。Based on this solution, this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组的第l *个时间单元还承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,该第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, the second sequence The first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
基于该实施方式,每个时间单元上承载有循环前缀,能够降低子载波干扰和符号间干扰,从而进一步降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。Based on this implementation manner, each time unit carries a cyclic prefix, which can reduce subcarrier interference and inter-symbol interference, thereby further reducing interference between sequences sent by different devices.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组的起始时间单元还承载第二循环前缀,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的最后一个子序列的后M1个元素,或者说,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的后M1个元素。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix, and the second cyclic prefix includes the last subsequence M1 of the second sequence elements, or in other words, the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
基于该实施方式,在第一时间单元组的起始时间单元上承载第二循环前缀,在其他时间单元上不发送循环前缀,从而可以减少资源开销。此外,循环前缀,能够降低子载波 干扰和符号间干扰,从而进一步降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。Based on this implementation manner, the second cyclic prefix is carried on the starting time unit of the first time unit group, and the cyclic prefix is not sent on other time units, thereby reducing resource overhead. In addition, the cyclic prefix can reduce subcarrier interference and inter-symbol interference, thereby further reducing the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000007
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000008
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续。
With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000007
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000008
time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
基于该实施方式,发送端装置在第二时间单元组中的部分时间单元上发送第二序列,使得第二时间单元组中的另一部分时间单元上可以发送数据,从而达到数据传输与序列传输之间的平衡,以降低数据的发送等待时延,提高序列传输的灵活性。Based on this embodiment, the sending end device sends the second sequence on some time units in the second time unit group, so that data can be sent on another part of the time units in the second time unit group, so as to achieve the gap between data transmission and sequence transmission. The balance between them can reduce the waiting delay of data transmission and improve the flexibility of sequence transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000009
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000010
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续。
With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000009
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000010
time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,l *和l **存在映射关系,该映射关系为第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the lth time unit of the second sequence * subsequence.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:向接收端装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示l *和l **的映射关系。 With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the receiver device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,方法还包括:向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the receiving end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000011
子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000011
The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:向接收端装置发送无线资源控制RRC信令,RRC信令携带第二指示信息;或者,向接收端装置发送下行控制信息DCI,DCI携带第二指示信息;或者,向接收端装置发送侧行链路控制信息SCI,SCI携带第二指示信息;或者,向接收端装置发送RRC信令和DCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,DCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息;或者,向接收端装置发送RRC信令和SCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,SCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, sending the second indication information to the receiving end device includes: sending radio resource control RRC signaling to the receiving end device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information; or , sending downlink control information DCI to the receiving end device, DCI carrying second indication information; or, sending sidelink control information SCI to the receiving end device, SCI carrying second indication information; or, sending RRC signaling to the receiving end device and DCI, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information; or, sends RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving end device, and the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information , the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
基于该实施方式,发送端装置可以通过多种方式向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,提高了发送第二指示信息的灵活性。Based on this implementation manner, the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device in various ways, which improves the flexibility of sending the second indication information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:在以下至少一项发生变化时,向接收端装置发送第二指示信息:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, sending the second indication information to the receiving end device includes: sending the second indication information to the receiving end device when at least one of the following changes:
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000012
子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000012
The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列满足如下公式:With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000013
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:α、N ZC、或q。 With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: α, N ZC , or q.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;第一序列满足如下公式:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:移位寄存器的级数N、N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或N级移位寄存器的初始状态。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of shift registers, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or N The initial state of the stage shift register.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列满足如下公式:With reference to the first aspect, in some embodiments of the first aspect, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为x 1(n)的移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、x 1(n)的移位值N c1、x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或x 2(n)的移位值N c2In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), and the shift register of the N1 stage The feedback connection mode of the N1-level shift register, the initial state of the N1-level shift register, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), and the feedback connection mode of the N2-level shift register , the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or the shift value N c2 of x 2 (n).
第二方面,提供了一种参考信号的发送方法,该方法可以由接收端装置执行,也可以由接收端装置的部件,例如接收端装置的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分接收端装置功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:在第一时间单元组上获取参考信号的接收信号,并根据第二序列对接收信号进行处理。其中,参考信号包括根据第一序列确定的第二序列,第二序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000014
个子序列,第二序列的子序列包括M个元素,第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000015
个元素,或者,第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000016
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000018
k=0,…,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000019
第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000020
个时间单元,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。
In the second aspect, a method for sending a reference signal is provided. The method may be executed by a receiving device, or may be executed by a component of the receiving device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the receiving device, or may be It is realized by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the receiver device. The method includes: acquiring the received signal of the reference signal on the first time unit group, and processing the received signal according to the second sequence. Wherein, the reference signal includes a second sequence determined according to the first sequence, and the second sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000014
subsequence, the subsequence of the second sequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000015
elements, or, the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000016
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000018
k=0,...,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000019
The second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000020
time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
基于该方案,本申请将较长的序列进行拆分由多个时间单元承载,使得拆分后的序列在接收端进行处理时,依然能够重新拼接为完整的长序列,从而有效增加了序列的长度,增强了序列的抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。此外,在接收端根据第二序列对参考信号的接收信号进行处理时,能够充分利用长序列的相关性,从而提高距离测量的准确性。Based on this solution, this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices. In addition, when the receiving end processes the received signal of the reference signal according to the second sequence, the correlation of the long sequence can be fully utilized, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组的第l *个时间单元还承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the second sequence's The first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组的起始时间单元还承载第二循环前缀,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的最后一个子序列的后M1个元素,或者说,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的后M1个元素。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix, and the second cyclic prefix includes the last subsequence M1 of the second sequence elements, or in other words, the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000021
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000022
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续。
With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000021
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000022
time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000023
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000024
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续。
In conjunction with the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000023
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000024
time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,l *和l **存在映射关系,该映射关系为第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the lth time unit of the second sequence * subsequence.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自发送端装置的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示l *和l **的映射关系。 With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the sending end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,该方法还包括:接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000025
第二序列的子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000025
The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,包括:接收来自发送端装置的无线资源控制RRC信令,RRC信令携带第二指示信息;或者,接收来自发送端装置的下行控制信息DCI,DCI携带第二指示信息;或者,接收来自发送端装置的侧行链路控制信息SCI,SCI携带第二指示信息;或者,接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和DCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,DCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息;或者,接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和SCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,SCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, receiving the second indication information from the sender device includes: receiving radio resource control RRC signaling from the sender device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information ; Or, receiving downlink control information DCI from the sending end device, DCI carrying the second indication information; or receiving side link control information SCI from the sending end device, the SCI carrying the second indication information; or, receiving from the sending end device The RRC signaling and DCI of the device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information; or, receiving the RRC signaling and SCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carrying the first Part of the second indication information, the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列满足如下公式:With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000026
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000026
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:α、N ZC、或q。 With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: α, N ZC , or q.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;第一序列满足如下公式:In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:移位寄存器的级数N、N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或N级移位寄存器的初始状态。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of shift registers, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or N The initial state of the stage shift register.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列满足如下公式:With reference to the second aspect, in some embodiments of the second aspect, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为的x 1(n)移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实施方式中,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、x 1(n)的移位值N c1、x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或x 2(n)的移位值N c2In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), and the shift register of the N1 stage The feedback connection mode of the N1-level shift register, the initial state of the N1-level shift register, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), and the feedback connection mode of the N2-level shift register , the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or the shift value N c2 of x 2 (n).
其中,第二方面的实施方式所带来的技术效果可参考上述第一方面中相应实施方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Wherein, for the technical effects brought about by the implementation manners of the second aspect, reference may be made to the technical effects brought about by the corresponding implementation manners in the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的发送端装置,或者包含上述发送端装置的装置,或者上述发送端装置中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的接收端装置,或者包含上述接收端装置的装置,或者上述接收端装置中包含的装置。所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件 实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the above various methods. The communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device. The communication device includes a corresponding module, unit, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the module, unit, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by executing corresponding software by hardware. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块。进一步的还可以包括收发模块。该收发模块,也可以称为收发单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。In some possible designs, the communication device may include a processing module. It may further include a transceiver module. The transceiver module, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is configured to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof. The transceiver module may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementation manners thereof.
在一些可能的设计中,收发模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In some possible designs, the transceiver module includes a sending module and a receiving module, respectively configured to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的发送端装置,或者包含上述发送端装置的装置,或者上述发送端装置中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的接收端装置,或者包含上述接收端装置的装置,或者上述接收端装置中包含的装置。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device executes the method described in any aspect above. The communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
第五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的发送端装置,或者包含上述发送端装置的装置,或者上述发送端装置中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的接收端装置,或者包含上述接收端装置的装置,或者上述接收端装置中包含的装置。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device; the processor is used to execute computer programs or instructions, so that the communication device Perform the method described in any one of the above aspects. The communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器;所述处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的方法。该存储器可以与处理器耦合,或者,也可以独立于该处理器。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的发送端装置,或者包含上述发送端装置的装置,或者上述发送端装置中包含的装置,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的接收端装置,或者包含上述接收端装置的装置,或者上述接收端装置中包含的装置。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: at least one processor; the processor is configured to execute a computer program or an instruction stored in a memory, so that the communication device executes the method described in any one of the above aspects. The memory can be coupled to the processor, or it can be independent of the processor. The communication device may be the sending end device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above sending end device, or a device included in the above sending end device, such as a chip; or, the communication device may be the above second aspect A receiver device, or a device including the above-mentioned receiver device, or a device included in the above-mentioned receiver device.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when it is run on a communication device, the communication device can execute the method described in any aspect above .
第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在通信装置上运行时,使得该通信装置可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, which, when run on a communication device, enables the communication device to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方面中所涉及的功能。A ninth aspect provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system), and the communication device includes a processor configured to implement the functions involved in any one of the above aspects.
在一些可能的设计中,该通信装置包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。In some possible designs, the communication device includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
在一些可能的设计中,该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible designs, when the device is a system-on-a-chip, it may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
可以理解的是,第三方面至第九方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,上述的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出信息,上述的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入信息。It can be understood that when the communication device provided by any one of the third aspect to the ninth aspect is a chip, the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information, and the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information.
其中,第三方面至第九面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第二方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effects brought about by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the ninth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect, and will not be repeated here.
第十方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述方面所述的发送端装置和接收端装置。In a tenth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes the sending end device and the receiving end device described in the above aspect.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置,包含用于执行本申请任一实施例所述方法的单元。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a unit for performing the method described in any embodiment of the present application.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种序列的发送和接收处理的流程示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图一;FIG. 2 is a first schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图二;FIG. 3a is a schematic structural diagram II of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图三;FIG. 3b is a schematic structural diagram III of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3c为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图四;FIG. 3c is a fourth structural schematic diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3d为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图五;Fig. 3d is a schematic structural diagram five of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种参考信号的发送、接收方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending and receiving a reference signal provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图一;Fig. 6a is a first schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图二;Fig. 6b is a second schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图三;Fig. 7a is a third schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图四;Fig. 7b is a schematic diagram 4 of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图五;Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram 5 of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9a为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图六;Fig. 9a is a sixth schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9b为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图七;Fig. 9b is a schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application VII;
图10a为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图八;Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram eighth of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10b为本申请实施例提供的一种符号组上承载的序列示意图九;Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of a sequence carried on a symbol group provided by the embodiment of the present application ninth;
图11a为本申请实施例提供的一种序列的发送和接收处理的流程示意图一;Fig. 11a is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11b为本申请实施例提供的一种序列的发送和接收处理的流程示意图二Figure 11b is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application II
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种序列的发送和接收处理的流程示意图三;FIG. 12 is a schematic flow diagram of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application III;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种序列的发送和接收处理的流程示意图四;FIG. 13 is a schematic flow diagram 4 of a sequence of sending and receiving processing provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种发送端装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a sending end device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种接收端装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a receiver device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means that the objects associated with each other are an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this application is only It is an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, among which A, B Can be singular or plural.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。同时,在本申请实施例中,“示例性 的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference. At the same time, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. To be precise, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.
可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is to be understood that references to "an embodiment" throughout the specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, various embodiments are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment throughout the specification. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the serial numbers of the processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
可以理解,在本申请中,“…时”以及“若”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in this application, "...when" and "if" both refer to the corresponding processing under certain objective circumstances, and are not time-limited, nor do they require judgment actions during implementation, nor do they imply that other limitations exist.
可以理解,本申请中的预定义可以理解为定义、预先定义、存储、预存储、预协商、预配置、固化、或预烧制。It can be understood that pre-defined in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-firing.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application, in some scenarios, can be independently implemented without relying on other features, such as the current solution on which they are based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects , and can also be combined with other features according to requirements in some scenarios. Correspondingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application can also correspondingly implement these features or functions, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例、以及各实施例中的各个实施方式/实施方法/实现方法中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例、实施方式、实施方法、或实现方法。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the parts that are the same or similar among the various embodiments can be referred to each other. In the various embodiments in this application, and the various implementation methods/implementation methods/implementation methods in each embodiment, if there is no special description and logical conflict, different embodiments, and each implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment The terms and/or descriptions between implementation methods/implementation methods are consistent and can be referred to each other. Different embodiments, and the technical features in each implementation manner/implementation method/implementation method in each embodiment are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments, implementation modes, implementation methods, or implementation methods. The following embodiments of the present application are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application.
目前,可以通过序列的传输实现设备之间距离的测量。通常,发送端设备在一个符号内发送一个序列,即序列的长度局限于一个符号内的数据点的总数,或者说,序列包括的元素数不超过一个符号内数据点的总数。其中,符号例如可以为正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号或单载波频分多址(single-carrier frequency-division multiple access,SC-FDMA)符号。符号内的数据点所在的时域位置用于承载数据。此外,符号内还可以包括循环前缀点,循环前缀点所在的时域位置用于承载循环前缀。数据点和循环前缀点可以统称为采样点。At present, the measurement of the distance between devices can be realized through the transmission of sequences. Usually, the sending end device sends a sequence in one symbol, that is, the length of the sequence is limited to the total number of data points in one symbol, or in other words, the number of elements included in the sequence does not exceed the total number of data points in one symbol. Wherein, the symbol may be, for example, an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM) symbol or a single-carrier frequency-division multiple access (single-carrier frequency-division multiple access, SC-FDMA) symbol. The time domain location of the data point within the symbol is used to carry the data. In addition, the symbol may also include a cyclic prefix point, and the time domain position where the cyclic prefix point is located is used to bear the cyclic prefix. Data points and cyclic prefix points may be collectively referred to as sample points.
示例性的,以符号内的数据点数为5,循环前缀点数为2为例,如图1所示,发送端设备在三个符号中的每个符号内发送包括5个元素的序列S,其中,序列S的元素分别表示为S(1)、S(2)、S(3)、S(4)、以及S(5)。每个符号内的循环前缀包括序列S的后两个元素S(4)和S(5)。Exemplarily, taking the number of data points in a symbol as 5 and the number of cyclic prefix points as 2 as an example, as shown in Figure 1, the sending end device sends a sequence S including 5 elements in each of the three symbols, where , the elements of the sequence S are respectively denoted as S(1), S(2), S(3), S(4), and S(5). The cyclic prefix within each symbol consists of the last two elements of sequence S, S(4) and S(5).
在接收端,接收端设备可以收到包括循环前缀和序列S的接收序列,并在每个符号内对接收序列进行截断处理,得到整理后的序列,再对整理后的序列和本地序列在每个符号内进行循环相关运算,根据循环相关运算的结果,获取接收端设备与发送端设备之间的距离。其中,本地序列与发送端设备发送的序列S相同。At the receiving end, the receiving end device can receive the received sequence including the cyclic prefix and the sequence S, and truncate the received sequence in each symbol to obtain the sorted sequence, and then the sorted sequence and the local sequence in each According to the result of the circular correlation operation, the distance between the receiving end device and the sending end device is obtained. Wherein, the local sequence is the same as the sequence S sent by the sender device.
示例性的,假设接收端设备在每个符号内截取的循环前缀的元素数、以及序列S的 元素数均相等,如图1所示,以截取的循环前缀包括1个元素为例,每个符号对应的整理后的序列为S(5)、S(1)、S(2)、S(3)、以及S(4)。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the number of elements of the cyclic prefix intercepted by the receiving end device in each symbol and the number of elements of the sequence S are equal, as shown in Figure 1, taking the intercepted cyclic prefix including 1 element as an example, each The sorted sequences corresponding to the symbols are S(5), S(1), S(2), S(3), and S(4).
然而,如背景技术所述,在设备较多的场景下,不同设备发送的序列之间可能会相互干扰。在序列的长度局限于一个符号内的数据点数的情况下,序列的长度较短,抗干扰能力受限。However, as described in the background, in a scenario with many devices, sequences sent by different devices may interfere with each other. In the case where the length of the sequence is limited to the number of data points in one symbol, the length of the sequence is short and the anti-interference ability is limited.
基于此,本申请提供一种参考信号的发送、接收方法,能够增强抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰,从而提高距离测量的准确性。Based on this, the present application provides a method for sending and receiving a reference signal, which can enhance the anti-interference capability and reduce the interference between sequences sent by different devices, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可用于各种通信系统,该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统,例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,或者第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统,或者LTE和5G混合组网的系统,或者设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of things,IoT),以及其他下一代通信系统。该通信系统也可以为非3GPP通信系统,不予限制。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be used in various communication systems, and the communication system can be a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, for example, a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or The fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system, vehicle to everything (V2X) system, or LTE and 5G hybrid networking system, or device-to-device (D2D) communication system, Machine to machine (M2M) communication systems, Internet of things (IoT), and other next-generation communication systems. The communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信场景,例如可以应用于以下通信场景中的一种或多种:增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)、超可靠低时延通信(ultra-reliable low latency communication,URLLC)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)、大规模机器类型通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)、D2D、V2X、和IoT等通信场景。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, for example, it can be applied to one or more of the following communication scenarios: enhanced mobile broadband (enhanced mobile broadband, eMBB), ultra-reliable low-latency communication (ultra- Reliable low latency communication (URLLC), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), large-scale machine type communication (massive machine type communication, mMTC), D2D, V2X, and IoT and other communication scenarios.
其中,上述适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。Wherein, the above-mentioned communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are only examples, and the communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are not limited thereto, and will be described in a unified manner here, and will not be described in detail below.
作为一种可能的实现,本申请提供一种本申请适用的通信系统。如图2所示,该通信系统可以包括发送端装置201和接收端装置202。As a possible implementation, the present application provides a communication system applicable to the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the communication system may include a sending end device 201 and a receiving end device 202 .
可选的,发送端装置201和接收端装置202可以均为终端设备或其中的芯片或芯片系统。或者,发送端装置201可以为网络设备或其中的芯片或芯片系统,接收端装置202可以为终端设备或其中的芯片或芯片系统。Optionally, the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may both be terminal devices or chips or chip systems therein. Alternatively, the sending end device 201 may be a network device or a chip or a chip system therein, and the receiving end device 202 may be a terminal device or a chip or a chip system therein.
可选的,终端设备可以是用于实现通信功能的设备。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站(mobile station,MS)、远方站、远程终端、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备例如可以是IoT、V2X、D2D、M2M、5G网络、或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的无线终端。无线终端可以是指一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。Optionally, the terminal device may be a device for implementing a communication function. Terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), remote station, remote terminal, mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal device may be, for example, an IoT, V2X, D2D, M2M, 5G network, or a wireless terminal in a future evolved public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN). A wireless terminal can refer to a device with wireless transceiver functions, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, hand-held or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites, etc.).
示例性的,终端设备可以是无人机、IoT设备(例如,传感器,电表,水表等)、V2X设备、无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)中的站点(station,ST)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备(也可以称为穿戴式智能设备)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网 (smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载终端、具有车对车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)通信能力的车辆、智能网联车、具有无人机对无人机(UAV to UAV,U2U)通信能力的无人机等等。Exemplarily, the terminal device may be a drone, an IoT device (for example, a sensor, an electric meter, a water meter, etc.), a V2X device, a station (station, ST) in a wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN), a cell phone, Cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistant (PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices (also called wearable smart devices), tablet computers or computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminals, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety Wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, vehicle-mounted terminals, vehicles with vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication capabilities, intelligent network Vehicles, UAVs with UAV to UAV (UAV to UAV, U2U) communication capabilities, etc.
可选的,网络设备是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备,可以是LTE或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),如传统的宏基站eNB和异构网络场景下的微基站eNB;或者可以是5G系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNodeB或gNB);或者可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP);或者可以是未来演进的PLMN中的基站本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the network device is a device for connecting the terminal device to the wireless network, and may be an evolved base station (evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A). ), such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario; or it can be a next generation node B (next generation node B, gNodeB or gNB) in a 5G system; or it can be a transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP); or it may be a base station in a future evolved PLMN, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可选的,发送端装置201和接收端装置202可以是同一装置。该场景下,发送端装置201的发送信号经过电磁反射体的发射后,发送端装置201可以收到该发送信号的反射信号。此时,发送端装置可以基于收到的反射信号确定发送端装置与该电磁反射体之间的距离。Optionally, the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be the same device. In this scenario, after the sending signal of the sending end device 201 is transmitted by the electromagnetic reflector, the sending end device 201 may receive the reflected signal of the sending signal. At this time, the transmitting end device may determine the distance between the transmitting end device and the electromagnetic reflector based on the received reflection signal.
示例性的,如图3a所示,以全屋智能场景下发送端装置201为智能音响为例,智能音响的发送信号经过电磁反射体的反射后,智能音响由收到该发送信号的反射信号。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3a, taking the smart speaker as an example in the whole-house smart scene, the sending device 201 is an example. After the sending signal of the smart speaker is reflected by an electromagnetic reflector, the smart speaker receives the reflected signal of the sending signal .
可选的,发送端装置201和接收端装置202可以是不同的装置。示例性的,如图3b所示,发送端装置201和接收端装置202中的一个可以是智能音响,另一个可以是智能电视。或者,如图3c所示,发送端装置201和接收端装置202可以均为车载设备。或者,如图3d所示,发送端装置201可以是网络设备,接收端装置202可以是车载设备或手持设备。Optionally, the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be different devices. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 3 b , one of the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be a smart speaker, and the other may be a smart TV. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 3 c , both the sending-end device 201 and the receiving-end device 202 may be vehicle-mounted devices. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 3 d , the transmitting device 201 may be a network device, and the receiving device 202 may be a vehicle device or a handheld device.
本申请涉及的发送端装置或接收端装置的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,或者可以为一个或多个芯片,也可以为片上系统(system on chip,SOC)或芯片系统,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The relevant functions of the sending end device or the receiving end device involved in this application can be realized by one device, can also be realized by multiple devices, can also be realized by one or more functional modules in one device, or can be one or more The plurality of chips may also be a system on chip (system on chip, SOC) or a chip system, and the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是硬件与软件的结合,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Virtualization capabilities.
例如,本申请涉及的发送端装置或接收端装置的相关功能可以通过图4中的通信装置400来实现。图4所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置400的结构示意图。该通信装置400包括一个或多个处理器401,通信线路402,以及至少一个通信接口(图4中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口404,以及一个处理器401为例进行说明),可选的,还可以包括存储器403。For example, related functions of the sending end device or the receiving end device involved in the present application may be implemented by the communication device 400 in FIG. 4 . FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 400 includes one or more processors 401, communication lines 402, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 4, it is only exemplary to include a communication interface 404 and a processor 401 for illustration), optional Yes, a memory 403 may also be included.
处理器401可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, a specific application integrated circuit (application-specific integrated circuit, ASIC), or one or more for controlling the implementation of the application program program integrated circuit.
通信线路402可以用于通信装置400包括的不同组件之间的通信。The communication line 402 may be used for communication between different components included in the communication device 400 .
通信接口404,可以是收发模块用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(wireless access networks,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。例如,所述收发模块可以是收发器、收发机一类的装置。可选的,所述通信接口404也可以是位于处理器401内的收发电路,用以实现处理器的信号输入和信号 输出。The communication interface 404 can be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access networks (wireless access networks, RAN), wireless local area networks (wireless local area networks, WLAN) and the like. For example, the transceiving module may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver. Optionally, the communication interface 404 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 401 to realize signal input and signal output of the processor.
存储器403可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路402与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The storage 403 may be a device having a storage function. For example, it can be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (random access memory, RAM) or other types of memory that can store information and instructions A dynamic storage device can also be an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage ( including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by a computer Any other medium, but not limited to. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 402 . Memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器403用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器401来控制执行。处理器401用于执行存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中提供的方法。Wherein, the memory 403 is used to store computer-executed instructions for implementing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 401 . The processor 401 is configured to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application.
或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器401执行本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口404负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Or, optionally, in this embodiment of the application, the processor 401 may also perform processing-related functions in the methods provided in the following embodiments of the application, and the communication interface 404 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks. The example does not specifically limit this.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, for example, CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置400可以包括多个处理器,例如图4中的处理器401和处理器408。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-core)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-core)处理器。这里的处理器可以包括但不限于以下至少一种:中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、微控制器(microcontroller unit,MCU)、或人工智能处理器等各类运行软件的计算设备,每种计算设备可包括一个或多个用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 400 may include multiple processors, for example, the processor 401 and the processor 408 in FIG. 4 . Each of these processors may be a single-core processor or a multi-core processor. The processor here may include but not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence Various types of computing devices that run software such as processors, each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions to perform calculations or processing.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置400还可以包括输出设备405和输入设备406。输出设备405和处理器401通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备405可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备406和处理器401通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备406可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication apparatus 400 may further include an output device 405 and an input device 406 . Output device 405 is in communication with processor 401 and may display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 405 may be a liquid crystal display (liquid crystal display, LCD), a light emitting diode (light emitting diode, LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (cathode ray tube, CRT) display device, or a projector (projector), etc. The input device 406 communicates with the processor 401 and can receive user input in various ways. For example, the input device 406 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device, among others.
需要说明的是,图4中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图4所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It should be noted that the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation to the communication device. Except for the components shown in FIG. certain components, or a different arrangement of components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
下面将结合附图,以图2所示的发送端装置和接收端装置之间的交互为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行展开说明。The following will describe the method provided by the embodiment of the present application by taking the interaction between the sending end device and the receiving end device shown in FIG. 2 as an example with reference to the accompanying drawings.
可以理解的,本申请实施例中,执行主体可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执 行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the executive body may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中发送端装置和接收端装置之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the following embodiments of this application, the name of the message between the sending end device and the receiving end device or the name of each parameter in the message is just an example, and other names may also be used in the specific implementation. This is not specifically limited.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种参考信号的发送、接收方法,该方法包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 5, a method for sending and receiving a reference signal provided in the embodiment of the present application, the method includes the following steps:
S501、发送端装置确定第一序列。其中,第一序列的长度为L。S501. The device at the sending end determines a first sequence. Wherein, the length of the first sequence is L.
可选的,第一序列的长度可以指第一序列包括的元素个数。第一序列的长度L可以大于一个时间单元对应的最大序列长度。时间单元对应的最大序列长度可以为时间单元内数据点的个数。Optionally, the length of the first sequence may refer to the number of elements included in the first sequence. The length L of the first sequence may be greater than the maximum sequence length corresponding to one time unit. The maximum sequence length corresponding to a time unit can be the number of data points in the time unit.
可选的,本申请中的时间单元可以是符号、时隙、子帧、帧等,符号例如可以为SC-FDMA符号或OFDM符号。本申请下述实施例以时间单元为符号为例进行说明。Optionally, a time unit in this application may be a symbol, a time slot, a subframe, a frame, etc., and a symbol may be, for example, an SC-FDMA symbol or an OFDM symbol. In the following embodiments of the present application, the time unit is used as an example for illustration.
可选的,第一序列的长度L的取值可以是存储、或者预存储、或者预配置、或者固化、或者预烧制在发送端装置中的。或者,可以是发送端装置确定的。或者,可以是协议规定的,本申请不作具体限定。Optionally, the value of the length L of the first sequence may be stored, or pre-stored, or pre-configured, or solidified, or pre-fired in the sending end device. Alternatively, it may be determined by the sending end device. Alternatively, it may be stipulated in an agreement, which is not specifically limited in this application.
S502、发送端装置根据第一序列,确定第二序列。S502. The device at the sending end determines a second sequence according to the first sequence.
其中,该第二序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000027
个子序列,第二序列的子序列包括M个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000029
示例性的,M可以等于或小于一个时间单元内数据点的个数。在第一序列的长度L的取值以及M的取值已知时,即可确定
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000030
的取值。
Wherein, the second sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000027
subsequences, the subsequences of the second sequence include M elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000029
Exemplarily, M may be equal to or less than the number of data points in one time unit. When the value of the length L of the first sequence and the value of M are known, it can be determined
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000030
value of .
可选的,发送端装置根据第一序列,确定第二序列,可以包括:发送端装置将第一序列的元素重新排序,得到第二序列。示例性的,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置可以有如下两种实现方式:Optionally, the determining of the second sequence by the sending-end device according to the first sequence may include: the sending-end device rearranges elements of the first sequence to obtain the second sequence. Exemplarily, the positions of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be implemented in the following two ways:
方式一、第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000031
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000032
k=0,…,M-1。其中,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000033
表示l *为0至
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000034
的正整数,k=0,…,M-1表示k为0至M-1的整数。
Method 1. The kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the element in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000031
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000032
k=0,...,M-1. in,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000033
Indicates that l * is 0 to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000034
is a positive integer, k=0,...,M-1 means that k is an integer from 0 to M-1.
示例性的,以第一序列表示为R,第二序列表示为S为例,该方式一中,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置可以表示为如下公式(1):Exemplarily, taking the first sequence as R and the second sequence as S as an example, in the first method, the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be expressed as the following formula (1):
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000035
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000035
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000036
表示第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素。
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000037
表示第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000038
个元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000036
Represents the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000037
Indicates the first sequence in the
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000038
elements.
示例性的,以L等于15,M等于5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000039
等于3为例,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置可以如下表1所示。
Exemplarily, with L equal to 15 and M equal to 5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000039
Equal to 3 as an example, the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be shown in Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000040
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000040
由上可得,该方式一中,第二序列的子序列中,任意两个相邻元素在第一序列中的索引之差等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000041
From the above, in the first method, in the subsequence of the second sequence, the index difference between any two adjacent elements in the first sequence is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000041
方式二、第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000042
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000043
k=0,…,M-1。
Method 2. The kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000042
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000043
k=0,...,M-1.
示例性的,以第一序列表示为R,第二序列表示为S为例,该方式二中,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置可以表示为如下公式(2):Exemplarily, taking the first sequence as R and the second sequence as S as an example, in the second method, the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be expressed as the following formula (2):
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000044
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000044
其中,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000045
表示第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素。
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000046
表示第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000047
个元素。
in,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000045
Represents the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000046
Indicates the first sequence in the
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000047
elements.
示例性的,以L等于15,M等于5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000048
等于3为例,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置可以如下表2所示。
Exemplarily, with L equal to 15 and M equal to 5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000048
Equal to 3 as an example, the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence can be as shown in Table 2 below.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000049
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000049
由上可得,该方式二中,第二序列的子序列中,任意两个相邻元素在第一序列中的索引之差等于1。It can be obtained from the above that in the second method, in the subsequence of the second sequence, the index difference between any two adjacent elements in the first sequence is equal to 1.
S503、发送端装置发送第二序列。S503. The device at the sending end sends the second sequence.
其中,该第二序列由第一时间单元组承载。第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000050
个时间单元,且第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。即第二序列在第一时间单元组上发送,第一时间单元组中的一个时间单元承载第二序列的一个子序列。示例性的,时间单元为符号时,第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000051
个符号。
Wherein, the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group. The first time cell group includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000050
time units, and the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence. That is, the second sequence is sent on the first time unit group, and one time unit in the first time unit group carries a subsequence of the second sequence. Exemplarily, when the time unit is a symbol, the first time unit group includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000051
symbols.
可选的,发送端装置发送第二序列可以包括:发送端装置发送参考信号,该参考信号包括第二序列。Optionally, the sending the second sequence by the sending end device may include: sending a reference signal by the sending end device, where the reference signal includes the second sequence.
S504、接收端装置在第一时间单元组上获取参考信号的接收信号。S504. The device at the receiving end acquires a received signal of the reference signal on the first time unit group.
其中,该参考信号包括根据第一序列确定的第二序列。第二序列可参考上述步骤S502中的相关说明,在此不予赘述。Wherein, the reference signal includes a second sequence determined according to the first sequence. For the second sequence, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,参考信号的接收信号可以为参考信号经过信道传输后,接收端装置收到的信号。示例性的,在接收端装置与发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,该参考信号的接收信号可以为发送端装置发送的参考信号经过反射的反射信号。Optionally, the received signal of the reference signal may be a signal received by the device at the receiving end after the reference signal is transmitted through the channel. Exemplarily, in the case that the receiving-end device and the sending-end device are the same device, the received signal of the reference signal may be a reflected signal of the reference signal sent by the sending-end device.
S505、接收端装置根据第二序列对接收信号进行处理。S505. The device at the receiving end processes the received signal according to the second sequence.
可选的,接收端装置通过对接收信号的处理可以得到接收端装置与目标对象之间的距离。示例性的,在接收端装置与发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,该目标对象可以为电磁反射体;在接收端装置与发送端装置为不同装置的情况下,该目标对象为发送端装置。Optionally, the receiving device can obtain the distance between the receiving device and the target object by processing the received signal. Exemplarily, when the receiving end device and the sending end device are the same device, the target object may be an electromagnetic reflector; when the receiving end device and the sending end device are different devices, the target object is the sending end device .
基于该方案,本申请将较长的序列进行拆分由多个时间单元承载,使得拆分后的序列在接收端进行处理时,依然能够重新拼接为完整的长序列,从而有效增加了序列的长度,增强了序列的抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。Based on this solution, this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a complete long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, thus effectively increasing the length, which enhances the anti-interference ability of the sequence and reduces the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
以上,对本申请提供的参考信号的发送、接收方法的整体流程进行了说明。下面对上述流程中各个步骤的具体实现进行说明。Above, the overall flow of the method for sending and receiving the reference signal provided by the present application has been described. The specific implementation of each step in the above process will be described below.
对于第一序列:For the first sequence:
作为一种可能的实现方式,第一序列可以满足如下公式(4),发送端装置可以根据如下公式(4)生成第一序列。As a possible implementation manner, the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (4), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (4).
r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1    (4) r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1 (4)
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000052
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000052
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于或等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
可选的,第一序列满足上述公式(4)时,第一序列可以称为Zadoff-chu序列,或简称为ZC序列。当然也可以有其他名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (4), the first sequence may be called a Zadoff-chu sequence, or a ZC sequence for short. Of course, there may also be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一序列可以通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成。该N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式可以表示为如下公式(5):As another possible implementation manner, the first sequence may be generated through N-stage shift registers connected by feedback. The feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register can be expressed as the following formula (5):
F(x)=c Nx N+c N-1x N-1+…+c 1x 1+c 0   (5) F(x)=c N x N +c N-1 x N-1 +...+c 1 x 1 +c 0 (5)
其中,F(x)为N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式。c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,c i的取值为1或0,当c i取0时表示无反馈,即第i个移位寄存器的反馈线断开,当c i取1时表示有反馈,即第i个移位寄存器的反馈线未断开。x i为第i个移位寄存器的输出。其中,i=1,2,…N,表示i为1至N的正整数。c 0等于1。 Among them, F(x) is the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register. ci is the feedback coefficient of the i -th shift register . The value of ci is 1 or 0. When ci takes 0, it means no feedback, that is, the feedback line of the i -th shift register is disconnected. When ci takes When it is 1, it means that there is feedback, that is, the feedback line of the i-th shift register is not disconnected. x i is the output of the i-th shift register. Wherein, i=1, 2, . . . N indicates that i is a positive integer ranging from 1 to N. c 0 is equal to 1.
可选的,在该实现方式中,第一序列可以满足如下公式(6),发送端装置可以根据如下公式(6)生成第一序列:Optionally, in this implementation, the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (6), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (6):
r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2    (6) r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n))mod2 (6)
其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,表示n为0至L-N-1的整数。在n取0至N-1的整数时,r(0)至r(N-1)为第一序列的第0个至第N-1个元素,示例性的,r(0)至r(N-1)可以为第0个移位寄存器至第N-1个寄存器的初始状态。第一序列的第N个元素至第L-N-1个元素根据上述公式(6)计算得到。Wherein, n=0, 1, 2...L-N-1, indicating that n is an integer from 0 to L-N-1. When n is an integer from 0 to N-1, r(0) to r(N-1) are the 0th to N-1th elements of the first sequence, for example, r(0) to r( N-1) may be the initial state of the 0th shift register to the N-1th register. The Nth element to the L-N-1th element of the first sequence are calculated according to the above formula (6).
可选的,第一序列满足上述公式(6)时,第一序列可以称为m序列。当然也可以有其他名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (6), the first sequence may be called an m-sequence. Of course, there may also be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,第一序列可以满足如下公式(7),发送端装置可以根据如下公式(7)生成第一序列。As yet another possible implementation manner, the first sequence may satisfy the following formula (7), and the sending end device may generate the first sequence according to the following formula (7).
r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1     (7) r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1 (7)
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为x 1(n)的移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
可选的,第一序列满足上述公式(7)时,第一序列可以称为Gold序列。当然也可以有其他名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, when the first sequence satisfies the foregoing formula (7), the first sequence may be called a Gold sequence. Of course, there may also be other names, which are not specifically limited in this application.
第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503:When the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, for step S503:
可选的,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元除承载第二序列的第l *个子序列外,还可以承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀。该第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。示例性的,M1可以等于或小于一个时间单元承载的循环前缀能够包括的最大元素数。 Optionally, in addition to carrying the l *th subsequence of the second sequence, the l* th time unit in the first time unit group may also carry the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence. The first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence. Exemplarily, M1 may be equal to or less than the maximum number of elements that can be included in the cyclic prefix carried by one time unit.
示例性的,以L等于15,M等于5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000053
等于3,M1等于2为例,第一时间单元组中各个时间单元上承载的元素可以如下表3所示:
Exemplarily, with L equal to 15 and M equal to 5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000053
is equal to 3 and M1 is equal to 2 as an example, the elements carried on each time unit in the first time unit group can be shown in Table 3 below:
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000054
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000055
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000055
可选的,第一时间单元组可以包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元。该第二时间单元组中的起始时间单元和结束时间单元上均承载有第二序列的子序列,即第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的起始时间单元和结束时间单元。当然,第一时间单元组还可以包括第二时间单元组中的其他时间单元。 Optionally, the first time unit group may be included in the second time unit group, and the second time unit group includes N symb time units. Both the start time unit and the end time unit in the second time unit group carry the subsequence of the second sequence, that is, the first time unit group includes the start time unit and the end time unit in the second time unit group. Of course, the first time unit group may also include other time units in the second time unit group.
需要说明的是,本申请中起始时间单元指时间单元组中时域位置最早的时间单元,结束时间单元指示时间单元组中时域位置最晚的时间单元。因此,第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的起始时间单元时,第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元和第二时间单元组中的起始时间单元的时域位置相同。It should be noted that in this application, the start time unit refers to the time unit with the earliest time domain position in the time unit group, and the end time unit indicates the time unit with the latest time domain position in the time unit group. Therefore, when the first time unit group includes the start time unit in the second time unit group, the time domain positions of the start time unit in the first time unit group and the start time unit in the second time unit group are the same.
可选的,若时间单元在第二时间单元组中的索引为l **,在第一时间单元组中的索引为l *,由于第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,因此l *和l **之间存在映射关系。该映射关系为第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。即所述第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列,可以理解为:第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。 Optionally, if the index of the time unit in the second time unit group is l ** , and the index in the first time unit group is l * , since the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, therefore There is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** . The mapping relationship carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence for the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group. That is, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, which can be understood as: the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the second sequence The l * th subsequence of .
可选的,N symb可以大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000056
即第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组内的部分时间单元。该场景下,第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000057
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内可以不连续。
Optionally, N symb can be greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000056
That is, the first time unit group includes some time units in the second time unit group. In this scenario, the first time unit group includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000057
time units may not be consecutive within the second time unit group.
示例性的,以第二时间单元组包括4个时间单元,该4个时间单元的索引l **分别为0、1、2、3,第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的3个时间单元,且第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组中的索引l **分别为0、2、3为例,由于第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第一时间单元组中的索引l *分别为0、1、2,从而l **=0对应l *=0,l **=2对应l *=1,l **=3对应l *=2。基于表3所示的元素,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图6a所示。也就是说,第二时间单元组中的时间单元可以按照时间单元的先后顺序承载第二序列的子序列,例如,在前的时间单元承载的子序列位于在后的时间单元承载的子序列之前。 Exemplarily, the second time unit group includes 4 time units, the indexes l ** of the 4 time units are 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, and the first time unit group includes 3 in the second time unit group time units, and the index l ** of the time units included in the first time unit group in the second time unit group is 0, 2, and 3 respectively as an example, since the time units included in the first time unit group are in the first time unit The indices l * in the cell group are 0, 1, 2 respectively, such that l ** =0 corresponds to l * =0, l ** =2 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =3 corresponds to l * =2. Based on the elements shown in Table 3, taking the time unit as an example, the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in Figure 6a. That is to say, the time units in the second time unit group can carry the subsequences of the second sequence in the order of the time units, for example, the subsequence carried by the previous time unit is located before the subsequence carried by the subsequent time unit .
可以理解的,l *和l **之间的对应关系不仅限于图6a所示的对应关系,还可以有其他对应关系。例如,l **=0对应l *=0,l **=2对应l *=2,l **=3对应l *=1,此时,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图6b所示。或者l **=0对应l *=1,l **=1对应l *=0,l **=3对应l *=2;或者,l **=0对应l *=1,l **=1对应l *=2,l **=3对应l *=0,不予限制。也就是说,第二时间单元组中的时间单元可以不按照时间单元的先后顺序承载第二序列的子序列,例如,在前的时间单元可以承载第二序列中靠后的子序列,在后的时间单元可以承载第二序列中靠前的子序列。 It can be understood that the corresponding relationship between l * and l ** is not limited to the corresponding relationship shown in Fig. 6a, and there may be other corresponding relationships. For example, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, l ** = 2 corresponds to l * = 2, l ** = 3 corresponds to l * = 1, at this time, taking the time unit as an example, the following example The position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be shown in FIG. 6b. Or l ** =0 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =1 corresponds to l * =0, l ** =3 corresponds to l * =2; or, l ** =0 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =1 corresponds to l * =2, l ** =3 corresponds to l * =0, without limitation. That is to say, the time units in the second time unit group may not carry the subsequences of the second sequence in the order of the time units, for example, the previous time units may carry the later subsequences in the second sequence, and the later The time unit of can carry the first subsequence in the second sequence.
基于上述方案,在N symb大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000058
时,发送端装置在第二时间单元组中的部分时间单元上发送第二序列,使得第二时间单元组中的另一部分时间单元上可以发送数据,从而达到数据传输与序列传输之间的平衡,以降低数据的发送等待时延,提高序列传输的灵活性。
Based on the above scheme, the N symb is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000058
When , the sender device sends the second sequence on some time units in the second time unit group, so that data can be sent on another part of the time unit in the second time unit group, so as to achieve a balance between data transmission and sequence transmission , so as to reduce the data transmission waiting delay and improve the flexibility of sequence transmission.
可选的,N symb可以等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000059
即第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组内的全部时间单元。该场景下,第一时间单元组包括的N symb个时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续。或者说,第一时间单元组包括的N symb个时间单元在时域上连续。
Optionally, N symb can be equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000059
That is, the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group. In this scenario, the N symb time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the second time unit group. In other words, the N symb time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the time domain.
示例性的,以第二时间单元组包括3个时间单元,该3个时间单元的索引l **分别为0、1、2,第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的全部时间单元为例,由于第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第一时间单元组中的索引l *分别为0、1、2,从而l **=0对应l *=0,l **=1对应l *=1,l **=2对应l *=2。基于表3所示的元素,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图7a所示。 Exemplarily, the second time unit group includes 3 time units, the indices l ** of the 3 time units are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, and the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group For example, since the indices l * of the time units included in the first time unit group in the first time unit group are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, and l ** = 1 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =2 corresponds to l * =2. Based on the elements shown in Table 3, taking the time unit as an example, the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in FIG. 7a.
可以理解的,l *和l **之间的对应关系不仅限于图7a所示的对应关系,还可以有其他对应关系。例如,l **=0对应l *=0,l **=1对应l *=2,l **=2对应l *=1,此时,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图7b所示。当然,l *和l **之间还可以有其他对应关系,不予限制。 It can be understood that the corresponding relationship between l * and l ** is not limited to the corresponding relationship shown in FIG. 7 a , and there may be other corresponding relationships. For example, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, l ** = 1 corresponds to l * = 2, l ** = 2 corresponds to l * = 1, at this time, taking the time unit as an example, the following example The position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be shown in FIG. 7b. Of course, there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** , which are not limited.
可选的,上述l *和l **之间的对应关系可以是存储、或者预存储、或者预配置、或者固化、或者预烧制在发送端装置中的。或者,可以是发送端装置自行确定的,本申请不作具体限定。 Optionally, the above correspondence between l * and l ** may be stored, or pre-stored, or pre-configured, or solidified, or pre-fired in the sending end device. Or, it may be determined by the device at the sending end, which is not specifically limited in this application.
第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式二时,对于步骤S503:When the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the second method in step S502, for step S503:
作为一种可能的实现,第一时间单元组的起始时间单元还承载第二循环前缀,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的最后一个子序列的后M1个元素,或者说,该第二循环前缀包括第二序列的后M1个元素。As a possible implementation, the starting time unit of the first time unit group also carries a second cyclic prefix, and the second cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the last subsequence of the second sequence, or in other words, the second The cyclic prefix includes the last M1 elements of the second sequence.
需要说明的是,在该可能的实现中,只有第一时间单元组的起始时间单元上承载第二循环前缀,其余时间单元上不承载循环前缀,即该可能的实现仅涉及一个第二循环前缀。It should be noted that, in this possible implementation, only the first time unit of the first time unit group carries the second cyclic prefix, and the rest of the time units do not carry the cyclic prefix, that is, this possible implementation only involves one second cyclic prefix prefix.
示例性的,以L等于15,M等于5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000060
等于3,M1等于2为例,第一时间单元组中各个时间单元上承载的元素可以如下表4所示:
Exemplarily, with L equal to 15 and M equal to 5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000060
is equal to 3 and M1 is equal to 2 as an example, the elements carried on each time unit in the first time unit group can be shown in Table 4 below:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000061
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000061
可选的,在该场景下,第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在时域上连续。示例性的,基于表4所示的元素,以时间单元为符号为例,第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图8所示。Optionally, in this scenario, the time units included in the first time unit group are continuous in the time domain. Exemplarily, based on the elements shown in Table 4, taking the time unit as an example, the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 8 .
基于该方案,在第一时间单元组的起始时间单元上承载第二循环前缀,在其他时间单元上不发送循环前缀,从而可以减少资源开销。Based on this solution, the second cyclic prefix is carried on the starting time unit of the first time unit group, and the cyclic prefix is not sent on other time units, thereby reducing resource overhead.
作为另一种可能的实现,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元除承载第二序列的第l *个子序列外,还可以承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀。可参考第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503的相关描述,在此不予赘述。 As another possible implementation, in addition to carrying the l *th subsequence of the second sequence, the l* th time unit in the first time unit group can also carry the first cyclic prefix. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
示例性的,以L等于15,M等于5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000062
等于3,M1等于2为例,第一时间单元组中各个时间单元上承载的元素可以如下表5所示:
Exemplarily, with L equal to 15 and M equal to 5,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000062
is equal to 3 and M1 is equal to 2 as an example, the elements carried on each time unit in the first time unit group can be shown in Table 5 below:
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000063
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000063
可选的,第一时间单元组可以包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元。若时间单元在第二时间单元组中的索引为l **,在第一时间单元组中的索引为l *,由于第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,因此l *和l **之间存在映射关系。可参考第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503的相关描述,在此不予赘述。 Optionally, the first time unit group may be included in the second time unit group, and the second time unit group includes N symb time units. If the index of the time unit in the second time unit group is l ** , and the index in the first time unit group is l * , since the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, l * and l ** There is a mapping relationship between them. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
可选的,N symb可以大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000064
即第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组内的部分时间单元。可参考第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503的相关描述,在此不予赘述。
Optionally, N symb can be greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000064
That is, the first time unit group includes some time units in the second time unit group. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
示例性的,以第二时间单元组包括4个时间单元,该4个时间单元的索引l **分别为0、1、2、3,第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的3个时间单元,且第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组中的索引l **分别为0、2、3为例,由于第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第一时间单元组中的索引l *分别为0、1、2,从而l **=0对应l *=0,l **=2对应l *=1,l **=3对应l *=2。基于表5所示的元素,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图9a所示。 Exemplarily, the second time unit group includes 4 time units, the indexes l ** of the 4 time units are 0, 1, 2, 3 respectively, and the first time unit group includes 3 in the second time unit group time units, and the index l ** of the time units included in the first time unit group in the second time unit group is 0, 2, and 3 respectively as an example, since the time units included in the first time unit group are in the first time unit The indices l * in the cell group are 0, 1, 2 respectively, such that l ** =0 corresponds to l * =0, l ** =2 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =3 corresponds to l * =2. Based on the elements shown in Table 5, taking the time unit as an example, the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in FIG. 9a.
可以理解的,l *和l **之间的对应关系不仅限于图9a所示的对应关系,还可以有其他对应关系。例如,l **=0对应l *=0,l **=2对应l *=2,l **=3对应l *=1,此时,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图9b所示。当然,l *和l **之间还可以有其他对应关系,不予限制。 It can be understood that the corresponding relationship between l * and l ** is not limited to the corresponding relationship shown in Fig. 9a, and there may be other corresponding relationships. For example, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, l ** = 2 corresponds to l * = 2, l ** = 3 corresponds to l * = 1, at this time, taking the time unit as an example, the following example The position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 9b. Of course, there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** , which are not limited.
可选的,N symb可以等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000065
即第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组内的全部时间单元。可参考第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503的相关描述,在此不予赘述。
Optionally, N symb can be equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000065
That is, the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group. It can be referred to that when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502, the relevant description of step S503 will not be repeated here.
示例性的,以第二时间单元组包括3个时间单元,该3个时间单元的索引l **分别为0、1、2,第一时间单元组包括第二时间单元组中的全部时间单元为例,由于第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第一时间单元组中的索引l *分别为0、1、2,从而l **=0对应l *=0,l **=1对应l *=1,l **=2对应l *=2。基于表5所示的元素,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图10a所示。 Exemplarily, the second time unit group includes 3 time units, the indices l ** of the 3 time units are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, and the first time unit group includes all time units in the second time unit group For example, since the indices l * of the time units included in the first time unit group in the first time unit group are 0, 1, and 2 respectively, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, and l ** = 1 corresponds to l * =1, l ** =2 corresponds to l * =2. Based on the elements shown in Table 5, taking the time unit as an example, the position of the first symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group in this example can be shown in Figure 10a.
可以理解的,l *和l **之间的对应关系不仅限于图10a所示的对应关系,还可以有其他对应关系。例如,l **=0对应l *=0,l **=1对应l *=2,l **=2对应l *=1,此时,以时间单元为符号为例,该示例下第一符号组在第二符号组中的位置、以及第一符号组上承载的元素可以如图10b所示。当然,l *和l **之间还可以有其他对应关系,不予限制。 It can be understood that the correspondence between l * and l ** is not limited to the correspondence shown in FIG. 10 a , and there may be other correspondences. For example, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, l ** = 1 corresponds to l * = 2, l ** = 2 corresponds to l * = 1, at this time, taking the time unit as an example, the following example The position of a symbol group in the second symbol group and the elements carried on the first symbol group may be as shown in FIG. 10b. Of course, there may be other corresponding relationships between l * and l ** , which are not limited.
可选的,上述l *和l **之间的对应关系的获取方式可参考第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一时,对于步骤S503的相关描述,在此不予赘述。 Optionally, the method of obtaining the correspondence between l * and l ** above can refer to the relevant description of step S503 when the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the first method in step S502 above, I won't go into details here.
可选的,基于对上述步骤S503的说明,l *和l **之间映射关系也可以理解为第二序列 的子序列和第二时间单元组中的时间单元的映射关系,即第二时间单元组中的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列,或者说,第二序列的第l *个子序列映射至第二时间单元组中的第l **个时间单元。示例性的,基于图10b所示的示例,第二序列的映射顺序为第二时间单元组中的第0个符号→第2个符号→第1个符号。 Optionally, based on the description of the above step S503, the mapping relationship between l * and l ** can also be understood as the mapping relationship between the subsequence of the second sequence and the time unit in the second time unit group, that is, the second time The l ** th time unit in the unit group carries the l *th subsequence of the second sequence, or the l* th subsequence of the second sequence is mapped to the l ** th time unit in the second time unit group . Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 10b, the mapping order of the second sequence is the 0th symbol→the 2nd symbol→the 1st symbol in the second time unit group.
对于步骤S504:For step S504:
可选的,在第一时间单元的第l *个时间单元还承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀的情况下,接收端装置获取的参考信号的接收信号可以包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000066
个子信号。其中,第l *个子信号可以包括第二序列的第l *个子序列及其对应的第一循环前缀,第l *个子信号由第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载。
Optionally, in the case that the l * th time unit of the first time unit also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, the received signal of the reference signal acquired by the receiver device may include
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000066
sub signal. Wherein, the l * th sub-signal may include the l * th subsequence of the second sequence and its corresponding first cyclic prefix, and the l * th sub-signal is carried by the l * th time unit in the first time unit group.
可选的,在第一时间单元的起始时间单元承载第二循环前缀的情况下,接收端获取的参考信号的接收信号可以包括第二序列和该第二循环前缀。Optionally, in the case that the start time unit of the first time unit carries the second cyclic prefix, the received signal of the reference signal acquired by the receiving end may include the second sequence and the second cyclic prefix.
在步骤S504中接收端装置获取的参考信号的接收信号的子信号包括第二序列的子序列及其对应的第一循环前缀的情况下,上述步骤S505,可以包括如下步骤:In step S504, when the sub-signal of the received signal of the reference signal obtained by the receiving end device includes the sub-sequence of the second sequence and its corresponding first cyclic prefix, the above step S505 may include the following steps:
S5051、对接收信号的第l *个子信号进行截取,得到第三序列的第l *个子序列。其中,第三序列的第l *个子序列包括M个元素。 S5051. Intercept the l * th sub-signal of the received signal to obtain the l * th subsequence of the third sequence. Wherein, the l * th subsequence of the third sequence includes M elements.
可选的,接收端装置可以按照预设规则,确定接收信号的第l *个子信号对应的截取位置;再根据接收信号的第l *个子信号对应的截取位置,对接收信号的第l *个子序列进行截取,得到第三序列的第l *个子序列。 Optionally, the device at the receiving end can determine the interception position corresponding to the l * th sub-signal of the received signal according to preset rules; and then according to the interception position corresponding to the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, the The sequence is intercepted to obtain the l * th subsequence of the third sequence.
可选的,在接收端装置和发送端装置为不同装置,且发送端装置与接收端装置已经实现同步的情况下,该预设规则可以指示接收信号的起始子信号的起始截取位置与第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置之间的间隔为定时提前(time advanced,TA),起始子信号的截取时间长度为M*T s,T s为相邻采样点之间的时间间隔。 Optionally, when the receiving end device and the sending end device are different devices, and the sending end device and the receiving end device have been synchronized, the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal of the received signal and The interval between the starting positions of the starting time units in the first time unit group is timing advanced (time advanced, TA), the intercepting time length of the starting sub-signal is M*T s , and T s is an adjacent sampling point time interval between.
可选的,在接收端装置与发送端装置为不同装置的情况下,发送端装置可以向接收端装置指示第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置,以便接收端装置确定获取上述接收信号的起始时域位置,从而确定起始子信号的起始截取位置。Optionally, in the case that the receiving-end device and the sending-end device are different devices, the sending-end device may indicate to the receiving-end device the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group, so that the receiving-end device can determine to obtain the above-mentioned The initial time-domain position of the received signal is used to determine the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal.
可选的,在接收端装置和发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,该预设规则可以指示接收信号的起始子信号的起始截取位置与第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置之间的间隔为M1*T s/2,M1*T s为第一循环前缀所占的时域长度,起始子信号的截取时间长度为M*T sOptionally, when the device at the receiving end and the device at the sending end are the same device, the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal of the received signal is the same as the initial time unit in the first time unit group The interval between the starting positions is M1*T s /2, M1*T s is the time domain length occupied by the first cyclic prefix, and the intercepting time length of the starting sub-signal is M*T s .
可选的,无论接收端装置和发送端装置是否为同一装置,在第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续的情况下,该预设规则还可以指示后一个子信号的起始截取位置与前一个子信号的终止截取位置之间的间隔为M1*T s,或者说,后一个子信号的起始截取位置与前一个子信号的终止截取位置之间间隔M1个元素。 Optionally, regardless of whether the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, if the time units included in the first time unit group are consecutive in the second time unit group, the preset rule may also indicate that the latter sub-signal The interval between the initial interception position of the first sub-signal and the termination interception position of the previous sub-signal is M1*T s , or in other words, the interval between the initial interception position of the latter sub-signal and the termination interception position of the previous sub-signal is M1 element.
示例性的,以发送端装置和接收端装置为不同装置,时间单元为符号,发送端装置在第一符号组上发送的元素如图7a所示,假设第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置为时刻a,TA等于T s,如图11a所示,起始子信号的起始截取位置位于时刻a+T s,后一个子信号的起始截取位置与前一个子信号的终止截取位置之间间隔2个元素。 Exemplarily, the sending-end device and the receiving-end device are different devices, and the time unit is a symbol. The elements sent by the sending-end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 7a, assuming that the start time in the first time unit group is The initial position of the unit is time a, TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 11a, the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal is at time a+T s , and the initial interception position of the latter sub-signal is the same as that of the previous sub-signal There are 2 elements between the ending interception positions.
可选的,无论接收端装置和发送端装置是否为同一装置,在第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续的情况下,该预设规则还可以指示第二时间单元组中后一个时间单元对应的起始截取位置与前一个时间单元对应的终止截取位置之间的间隔为M1*T s,或者说,后一个时间单元对应的起始截取位置与前一个时间单元对应的终止截 取位置之间间隔M1个元素。 Optionally, no matter whether the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, if the time units included in the first time unit group are discontinuous in the second time unit group, the preset rule may also indicate that the second time unit The interval between the starting interception position corresponding to the next time unit in the unit group and the ending interception position corresponding to the previous time unit is M1*T s , or in other words, the starting interception position corresponding to the latter time unit is the same as the previous time unit The terminal interception positions corresponding to the units are separated by M1 elements.
可选的,第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续的情况下,接收端装置可以按照上述预设规则对第二时间单元组内的每个时间单元上的信号进行截断。之后,接收端装置可以根据l *和l **的映射关系确定第二时间单元组内哪些时间单元承载有第二序列的子序列,哪些时间单元不承载第二序列,从而可以将在不承载第二序列的时间单元上截取的信息丢弃或者进行其他处理。该场景下,起始子信号的起始截取位置可以理解为第二时间单元组中起始时间单元对应的截取位置。 Optionally, when the time units included in the first time unit group are discontinuous in the second time unit group, the receiver device may perform the above-mentioned preset rules on the signal on each time unit in the second time unit group to truncate. Afterwards, the receiver device can determine which time units in the second time unit group carry subsequences of the second sequence and which time units do not carry the second sequence according to the mapping relationship between l * and l ** , so that The intercepted information in the time unit of the second sequence is discarded or processed in other ways. In this scenario, the initial interception position of the initial sub-signal may be understood as the interception position corresponding to the initial time unit in the second time unit group.
示例性的,以时间单元为符号,发送端装置在第一符号组上发送的元素如图6a所示,假设第二时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置为时刻a,TA等于T s,如图11b所示,起始时间单元的起始截取位置位于时刻a+T s,后一个时间单元对应的起始截取位置与前一个时间单元对应的终止截取位置之间间隔2个元素。 Exemplarily, taking the time unit as a symbol, the elements sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 6a, assuming that the starting position of the start time unit in the second time unit group is time a, and TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 11b, the initial interception position of the initial time unit is at time a+T s , and the interval between the initial interception position corresponding to the next time unit and the termination interception position corresponding to the previous time unit is 2 element.
此外,接收端装置确定l *和l **的映射关系后,可以确定第二序列在第二时间单元组中的第0个、第2个、以及第3个时间单元上承载,第1个时间单元不承载第二序列,从而可以将在第1个时间单元上截取的信息丢弃或进行其他处理。 In addition, after the receiver device determines the mapping relationship between l * and l ** , it can determine that the second sequence is carried on the 0th, 2nd, and 3rd time units in the second time unit group, and the first The time unit does not carry the second sequence, so that the information intercepted at the first time unit can be discarded or processed in other ways.
可选的,第一时间单元组包括的时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续的情况下,发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示l *和l **的映射关系。相应的,接收端装置接收该第一指示信息,之后,可以根据第一指示信息获知l *和l **的映射关系,从而确定承载第二序列的多个时间单元的时域位置。 Optionally, when the time units included in the first time unit group are discontinuous in the second time unit group, the sending end device may send first indication information to the receiving end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate l * and the mapping relationship of l ** . Correspondingly, after receiving the first indication information, the receiver device can obtain the mapping relationship between l * and l ** according to the first indication information, so as to determine the time domain positions of the multiple time units carrying the second sequence.
可选的,第一指示信息可以包括一个表格来指示l *和l **的映射关系。示例性的,基于图6a所示的示例,第一指示信息可以包括如下表6。 Optionally, the first indication information may include a table to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** . Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 6a, the first indication information may include the following Table 6.
表6Table 6
l ** l ** l * l *
00 00
22 11
33 22
或者,第一指示信息可以包括两组索引,其中第一组索引包括l **的多个取值,第二组索引包括l *的多个取值。l *和l **的映射关系通过索引在组中的顺序指示,例如,第一组索引中的第i个l **对应第二组索引中的第i个l *
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000067
示例性的,基于图6a所示的示例,第一指示信息可以包括:第一组索引{0,2,3}和第二组索引{0,1,2}。
Alternatively, the first indication information may include two sets of indexes, where the first set of indexes includes multiple values of l ** , and the second set of indexes includes multiple values of l * . The mapping relationship between l * and l ** is indicated by the order of the indexes in the group, for example, the i-th l ** in the first group of indexes corresponds to the i-th l * in the second group of indexes.
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000067
Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 6a , the first indication information may include: a first group index {0, 2, 3} and a second group index {0, 1, 2}.
当然,第一指示信息还可以通过其他方式指示l *和l **的映射关系,本申请对此不作具体限定。 Of course, the first indication information may also indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this application.
可选的,接收端装置对接收信号的第l *个子信号进行截取后,得到的第三序列的第l *个子序列可以包括第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀中的M2个元素和第二序列的第l *个子序列的M3个元素,M2小于或等于第一循环前缀包括的元素个数M1,M2与M3之和等于M。特别的,M2的取值可以为0,即第三序列的第l *个子序列可以不包括第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀。 Optionally, after the device at the receiving end intercepts the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, the l * th subsequence of the third sequence obtained may include the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence M2 elements and M3 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, M2 is less than or equal to the number of elements M1 included in the first cyclic prefix, and the sum of M2 and M3 is equal to M. In particular, the value of M2 may be 0, that is, the l * th subsequence of the third sequence may not include the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,由于第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素,因此,对于第三序列的第l *个子序列来说,无论M2是否等于0,均包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的全部元素,区别在于,第二序列的第l *个子序列的全部元素在第三序列的第l *个子序列中的顺序不同。 Optionally, since the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, therefore, for the l * th subsequence of the third sequence , regardless of whether M2 is equal to 0 or not, all elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence are included, the difference is that the order of all elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence in the l * th subsequence of the third sequence different.
可选的,接收端装置对接收信号的第l *个子信号进行截取后,得到的第三序列的不同子序列包括的第一循环前缀中的元素的个数可以相同。 Optionally, after the device at the receiving end intercepts the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, different sub-sequences of the obtained third sequence may include the same number of elements in the first cyclic prefix.
可选的,若接收端装置和发送端装置为同一装置,执行下述步骤S5053;若接收端装置和发送端装置为不同装置,执行下述步骤S5052。Optionally, if the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, execute the following step S5053; if the receiver device and the sender device are different devices, execute the following step S5052.
S5052、生成第二序列。S5052. Generate a second sequence.
可选的,接收端装置可以根据发送端装置的指示生成第二序列。示例性的,发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息。该第二指示信息可以用于指示以下至少一项:第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数、子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。该第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置的功能可参考上述步骤S5051中的相关描述,在此不予赘述。Optionally, the receiving-end device may generate the second sequence according to an instruction of the sending-end device. Exemplarily, the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device, and correspondingly, the receiving-end device receives the second indication information from the sending-end device. The second indication information may be used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the first The time domain position of the starting time unit in the time unit group. For the function of the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group, reference may be made to the related description in the above step S5051, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,在第一序列满足上述公式(4)的情况下,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:α、N ZC、或q。 Optionally, when the first sequence satisfies the above formula (4), the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: α, N ZC , or q.
在第一序列满足上述公式(6)的情况下,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:移位寄存器的级数N、N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或N级移位寄存器的初始状态。In the case that the first sequence satisfies the above formula (6), the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N of the shift register, the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register, or the N-stage shift The initial state of the bit register.
在第一序列满足上述公式(7)的情况下,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、x 1(n)的移位值N c1、x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或x 2(n)的移位值N c2In the case that the first sequence satisfies the above formula (7), the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback of the N1 stage shift register Connection mode, initial state of N1-level shift register, shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), number of stages N2 of shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), feedback connection mode of N2-level shift register, N2 The initial state of the stage shift register, or the shift value N c2 of x 2 (n).
可选的,接收端装置收到该第二指示信息后,可以按照第一序列的长度和第一序列的生成参数生成第一序列,例如,将第一序列的长度和第一序列的生成参数代入上述公式(4)或公式(6)或公式(7)生成第一序列。再按照第二序列包括的子序列的个数、子序列包括的元素个数、第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置生成第二序列。Optionally, after receiving the second indication information, the receiver device may generate the first sequence according to the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence, for example, the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence Substituting the above formula (4) or formula (6) or formula (7) to generate the first sequence. A second sequence is then generated according to the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number of elements included in the subsequence, and the positions of elements in the second sequence in the first sequence.
可选的,第二序列中的元素在第一序列中的位置满足上述步骤S502中的方式一或方式二,发送端装置可以向接收端装置指示发送端使用的是方式一还是方式二,相应的,接收端装置使用与发送端装置相同的方式。例如,发送端装置根据第一序列确定第二序列时使用的方式一,则接收端装置将子序列的个数、子序列包括的元素个数代入上述公式(1)生成第二序列。Optionally, the position of the elements in the second sequence in the first sequence satisfies the method 1 or method 2 in the above step S502, and the sending device may indicate to the receiving device whether the sending device uses method 1 or method 2, and correspondingly Yes, the receiver device uses the same method as the sender device. For example, when the transmitting device determines the second sequence according to the first sequence, the receiving device substitutes the number of subsequences and the number of elements included in the subsequence into the above formula (1) to generate the second sequence.
可选的,发送端装置可以通过下述实现方式向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,接收端装置通过相应的方式接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息:Optionally, the sending-end device may send the second indication information to the receiving-end device in the following manner, and the receiving-end device receives the second indication information from the sending-end device in a corresponding manner:
发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,在该RRC信令中携带第二指示信息。相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的该RRC信令。The sending end device may send radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling to the receiving end device, and the RRC signaling carries the second indication information. Correspondingly, the receiver device receives the RRC signaling from the transmitter device.
或者,在发送端装置为网络设备,接收端装置为终端设备的情况下,发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),在该DCI中携带第二指示信息。相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的该DCI。Or, in the case that the sending-end device is a network device and the receiving-end device is a terminal device, the sending-end device may send downlink control information (DCI) to the receiving-end device, and the DCI carries the second indication information. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the DCI from the transmitting device.
或者,在发送端装置和接收端装置都为终端设备的情况下,发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI),在该SCI中携带第二指示信息。相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的该SCI。Alternatively, in the case that both the transmitting-end device and the receiving-end device are terminal devices, the transmitting-end device may send sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI) to the receiving-end device, and the SCI carries the second indication information . Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the SCI from the sending device.
或者,在发送端装置为网络设备,接收端装置为终端设备的情况下,发送端装置可以向 接收端装置发送RRC信令和DCI,在RRC信令中携带第二指示信息的部分信息,在该DCI中携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的该RRC和DCI。例如,在RRC中携带用于指示第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数的信息,在DCI中携带用于指示第二序列包括的子序列的个数、所述子序列包括的元素个数的信息。Or, in the case that the sending-end device is a network device and the receiving-end device is a terminal device, the sending-end device may send RRC signaling and DCI to the receiving-end device, and carry part of the second indication information in the RRC signaling. The DCI carries another part of the second indication information. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the RRC and DCI from the transmitting device. For example, RRC carries information indicating the length of the first sequence and generation parameters of the first sequence, and DCI carries information indicating the number of subsequences included in the second sequence, the number of elements included in the subsequence number of information.
或者,在发送端装置和接收端装置都为终端设备的情况下,发送端装置可以向接收端装置发送RRC信令和SCI,在该RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,在该SCI中携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。相应的,接收端装置接收来自发送端装置的该RRC和SCI。例如,在SCI中携带用于指示第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数的信息,在RRC中携带用于指示第二序列包括的子序列的个数、所述子序列包括的元素个数的信息。Alternatively, in the case that both the sending-end device and the receiving-end device are terminal equipment, the sending-end device may send RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving-end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI Carry another part of the second indication information. Correspondingly, the receiving device receives the RRC and SCI from the transmitting device. For example, the SCI carries information indicating the length of the first sequence and the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the RRC carries information indicating the number of subsequences included in the second sequence and the number of elements included in the subsequence. number of information.
可选的,发送端装置可能会多次向接收端装置发送第二序列,例如,在需要周期获取或者多次获取接收端装置与发送端装置之间的距离时,发送端装置可能周期或多次向接收端装置发送第二序列。该场景下,发送端装置首次发送第二序列时,可以向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,后续,发送端装置可以在以下至少一项信息发生变化时才向接收端装置发送第二指示信息:Optionally, the sending-end device may send the second sequence to the receiving-end device multiple times. For example, when the distance between the receiving-end device and the sending-end device needs to be obtained periodically or multiple times, the sending-end device may periodically or more The second sequence is sent to the receiving end device. In this scenario, when the sender device sends the second sequence for the first time, it can send the second indication information to the receiver device, and subsequently, the sender device can send the second indication information to the receiver device only when at least one of the following information changes :
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000068
第二序列的子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000068
The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
可以理解的是,在上述至少一项发生变化时,发送端装置发送的第二指示信息指示的是变化后的参数。It can be understood that, when at least one of the above items is changed, the second indication information sent by the device at the sending end indicates the changed parameter.
需要说明的是,上述步骤S5021和S5022没有严格的执行顺序,可以先执行步骤It should be noted that there is no strict execution order for the above steps S5021 and S5022, the steps can be executed first
S5021,再执行步骤S5022;或者,可以先执行步骤S5022,再执行步骤S5021;或者,同时执行步骤S5021和S5022,不予限制。S5021, and then execute step S5022; or, execute step S5022 first, and then execute step S5021; or execute steps S5021 and S5022 at the same time, without limitation.
S5023、对第二序列和第三序列进行循环相关运算,得到相关运算结果。S5023. Perform a circular correlation operation on the second sequence and the third sequence to obtain a correlation operation result.
可选的,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组时,第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列,由于l *和l **的映射并不一定是按顺序进行的映射,例如图6b所示的l **=0对应l *=0,l **=2对应l *=2,l **=3对应l *=1。此时,接收端装置可以根据发送端装置的指示获知l *和l **的映射关系,并根据该映射关系对第二序列或第三序列的子序列的顺序进行调整,使得第二序列的第l *个子序列与第三序列的第l *个子序列对齐。 Optionally, when the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, because l * and l ** The mapping is not necessarily performed in sequence, for example, l ** = 0 corresponds to l * = 0, l ** = 2 corresponds to l * = 2, and l ** = 3 corresponds to l * = 1 shown in Fig. 6b. At this time, the receiver device can learn the mapping relationship between l * and l ** according to the instruction of the transmitter device, and adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence or the third sequence according to the mapping relationship, so that the subsequences of the second sequence The l * th subsequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the third sequence.
可选的,对第二序列的子序列的顺序进行调整后得到的序列可以称为本地序列。对第二序列的子序列的顺序调整也可以在上述步骤S5022中完成,此时,步骤S5022可以描述为生成本地序列。Optionally, the sequence obtained by adjusting the order of the subsequences of the second sequence may be called a local sequence. The order adjustment of the subsequences of the second sequence can also be completed in the above step S5022, at this time, step S5022 can be described as generating a local sequence.
示例性的,以时间单元为符号,发送端装置在第一符号组上发送的元素如图6b所示,接收端装置获取的参考信号的接收信号与发送端装置在第一符号组上发送的元素相同,M2等于1为例,接收端装置对接收信号的第l *个子信号进行截取,得到的第三序列可以如图12所示。此时,如图12所示,接收端装置可以对第二序列的子序列的顺序进行调整,例如将第二序列的第2个子序列放到第0个子序列和第1个子序列中间,以使第二序列的第l *个子序列对齐第三序列的第l *个子序列。或者,接收端装置可以对第三序列的子序列的顺序进行调整,例如将第三序列的第1个子序列放到第0个子序列和第2个子序列中间,以使第三序列的第l *个子序列对齐第二序列的第l *个子序列。 Exemplarily, taking the time unit as a symbol, the elements sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 6b, the received signal of the reference signal obtained by the receiving end device is the same as that sent by the sending end device on the first symbol group The elements are the same, and M2 is equal to 1 as an example. The device at the receiving end intercepts the l * th sub-signal of the received signal, and the obtained third sequence can be shown in FIG. 12 . At this time, as shown in FIG. 12, the receiver device can adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence, for example, place the second subsequence of the second sequence between the 0th subsequence and the 1st subsequence, so that The l * th subsequence of the second sequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the third sequence. Alternatively, the receiver device may adjust the order of the subsequences of the third sequence, for example, place the first subsequence of the third sequence between the 0th subsequence and the second subsequence, so that the lth subsequence of the third sequence * The subsequence is aligned with the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可以理解的,对于上述图11a或图11b所示的示例,接收端装置无需对第二序列或第三序列的子序列的顺序进行调整,在执行上述步骤S5051后,第三序列的第l *个子序 列与第二序列的第l *个子序列自然对齐。 It can be understood that for the example shown in FIG. 11a or FIG. 11b above, the receiver device does not need to adjust the order of the subsequences of the second sequence or the third sequence. After performing the above step S5051, the first l * of the third sequence subsequence is naturally aligned with the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,对第二序列和第三序列进行循环相关运算可以满足如下公式(8):Optionally, performing circular correlation operations on the second sequence and the third sequence may satisfy the following formula (8):
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000069
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000069
其中,P(τ)为相关运算结果的第τ个子运算结果,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000070
表示第三序列的第l *个子序列,k-τ可以理解为对第三序列的第l *个子序列的第k个元素循环左移τ位。
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000071
表示第二序列的第l *个子序列,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000072
表示第二序列的第l *个子序列的第k个元素,s *中的上标 *表示共轭,M1为第一循环前缀包括的元素个数,τ=0,1,…M1-1表示τ为0至M1-1的整数。
Among them, P(τ) is the result of the τth sub-operation of the correlation operation result,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000070
Represents the l * th subsequence of the third sequence, and k-τ can be understood as a cyclic left shift of the kth element of the l * th subsequence of the third sequence by τ.
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000071
represents the l * th subsequence of the second sequence,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000072
Indicates the kth element of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, the superscript * in s * means conjugation, M1 is the number of elements included in the first cyclic prefix, τ=0,1,...M1-1 means τ is an integer from 0 to M1-1.
示例性的,基于图11b所示的示例,τ等于0时,l *、k、
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000073
的取值可以如下表7所示:
Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 11b, when τ is equal to 0, l * , k,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000073
The value of can be shown in Table 7 below:
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000074
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000074
示例性的,基于图11b所示的示例,τ等于1时,l *、k、
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000075
的取值可以如下表8所示:
Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 11b, when τ is equal to 1, l * , k,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000075
The value of can be shown in Table 8 below:
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000076
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000077
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000077
S5024、根据相关运算结果确定接收端装置和目标对象之间的距离。S5024. Determine the distance between the receiving end device and the target object according to the correlation calculation result.
可选的,在接收端装置与发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,该目标对象为电磁反射体。在接收端装置与发送端装置为不同装置的情况下,该目标对象为发送端装置。Optionally, in a case where the receiving-end device and the sending-end device are the same device, the target object is an electromagnetic reflector. In the case that the receiving-end device and the sending-end device are different devices, the target object is the sending-end device.
可选的,通过上述步骤S5023得到M1-1个子运算结果后,可以确定该M1-1个子运算结果中的峰值。假设峰值为τ取K时的子运算结果P(K),在接收端装置与发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,接收端装置与目标对象之间的距离满足如下公式(9);在接收端装置与发送端装置为不同装置的情况下,接收端装置与目标对象之间的距离满足如下公式(10)。Optionally, after the M1-1 sub-operation results are obtained through the above step S5023, the peak value among the M1-1 sub-operation results may be determined. Assuming that the peak value is the sub-operation result P(K) when τ is taken as K, in the case that the receiving device and the transmitting device are the same device, the distance between the receiving device and the target object satisfies the following formula (9); When the end device and the sending end device are different devices, the distance between the receiving end device and the target object satisfies the following formula (10).
d=c 0×(T+K*T s)/2    (9) d=c 0 ×(T+K*T s )/2 (9)
其中,d为接收端装置与目标对象之间的距离,c 0为电磁波传播速度,T为截取接收信号的起始时间与发送第二序列的起始时间之间的差值,T s为相邻采样点之间的时间间隔。 Among them, d is the distance between the receiver device and the target object, c 0 is the electromagnetic wave propagation speed, T is the difference between the start time of intercepting the received signal and the start time of sending the second sequence, and T s is the phase The time interval between adjacent sampling points.
d=c 0×(TA+K*T s)    (10) d=c 0 ×(TA+K*T s ) (10)
其中,d为接收端装置与目标对象之间的距离,c 0为电磁波传播速度,T s为相邻采用点之间的时间间隔。假设发送端装置与接收端装置已经实现同步,TA为发送端装置与接收端装置之间的定时提前(time advanced,TA)。 Among them, d is the distance between the receiver device and the target object, c 0 is the electromagnetic wave propagation speed, and T s is the time interval between adjacent adopting points. Assuming that the sending-end device and the receiving-end device have been synchronized, TA is a timing advanced (time advanced, TA) between the sending-end device and the receiving-end device.
可选的,在步骤S504中接收端装置获取的参考信号的接收信号包括第二序列和第二循环前缀的情况下,上述步骤S505,可以包括如下步骤:Optionally, in the case where the received signal of the reference signal acquired by the receiving end device in step S504 includes the second sequence and the second cyclic prefix, the above step S505 may include the following steps:
S505a、对接收信号进行截取,得到第三序列。其中,第三序列包括L个元素。S505a. Intercept the received signal to obtain a third sequence. Wherein, the third sequence includes L elements.
可选的,接收端装置可以按照预设规则,确定接收信号对应的截取位置;再根据接收信号对应的截取位置,对接收信号进行截取,得到第三序列。Optionally, the device at the receiving end may determine the interception position corresponding to the received signal according to a preset rule; and then intercept the received signal according to the interception position corresponding to the received signal to obtain the third sequence.
可选的,在接收端装置和发送端装置为不同装置,且发送端装置与接收端装置已经实现同步的情况下,该预设规则可以指示接收信号的起始截取位置与第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置之间的间隔为TA,接收信号的截取时间长度为L*T sOptionally, in the case that the receiving-end device and the sending-end device are different devices, and the sending-end device and the receiving-end device have been synchronized, the preset rule may indicate that the initial interception position of the received signal and the first time unit group The interval between the starting positions of the starting time units in is TA, and the intercepting time length of the received signal is L*T s .
可选的,在接收端装置和发送端装置为同一装置的情况下,该预设规则可以指示接收信号的起始截取位置与第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置之间的间隔为M1*T s/2,接收信号的截取时间长度为L*T sOptionally, when the device at the receiving end and the device at the sending end are the same device, the preset rule may indicate that the interval between the initial interception position of the received signal and the initial position of the initial time unit in the first time unit group is The interval of is M1*T s /2, and the interception time length of the received signal is L*T s .
可选的,该第三序列可以包括第二序列的前L1个元素和第二循环前缀的后L2个元素,L1与L2之和等于L。Optionally, the third sequence may include the first L1 elements of the second sequence and the last L2 elements of the second cyclic prefix, and the sum of L1 and L2 is equal to L.
示例性的,以发送端装置和接收端装置为不同装置,时间单元为符号,发送端装置在第一符号组上发送的元素如图8所示,假设第一时间单元组中的起始时间单元的起始位置为时刻a,TA等于T s,如图13所示,第一行所示的接收信号的起始截取位置位于时刻a+T s。对接收信号截取后如第二行所示,对第二行所示的结果进行整理后得到的第三序列包括15个元素,其中首个元素为第二循环前缀的最后一个元素,其余元素为第二序列的前14个元素,即L1等于14,L2等于1。 Exemplarily, the sending-end device and the receiving-end device are different devices, and the time unit is a symbol. The elements sent by the sending-end device on the first symbol group are shown in Figure 8, assuming that the start time in the first time unit group is The starting position of the unit is time a, TA is equal to T s , as shown in Figure 13, the starting interception position of the received signal shown in the first row is at time a+T s . After intercepting the received signal, as shown in the second row, the third sequence obtained after sorting the results shown in the second row includes 15 elements, of which the first element is the last element of the second cyclic prefix, and the remaining elements are The first 14 elements of the second sequence, ie L1 is equal to 14 and L2 is equal to 1.
可选的,若接收端装置和发送端装置为同一装置,执行下述步骤S505c;若接收端 装置和发送端装置为不同装置,执行下述步骤S505b。Optionally, if the receiver device and the sender device are the same device, perform the following step S505c; if the receiver device and the sender device are different devices, perform the following step S505b.
S505b、生成第二序列。S505b. Generate a second sequence.
其中,该步骤S505b的相关实现可参考上述步骤S5052的相关说明,在此不再赘述。For the implementation of step S505b, reference may be made to the description of step S5052 above, which will not be repeated here.
S505c、对第二序列和第三序列进行循环相关运算,得到相关运算结果。S505c. Perform a circular correlation operation on the second sequence and the third sequence to obtain a correlation operation result.
可选的,对第二序列和第三序列进行循环相关运算可以满足如下公式(11):Optionally, performing circular correlation operations on the second sequence and the third sequence may satisfy the following formula (11):
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000078
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000078
其中,P(τ)为相关运算结果的第τ个子运算结果,y表示第三序列,l-τ可以理解为对第三序列的第l个元素循环左移τ位。s(l)表示第二序列的第l个元素,s *中的上标*表示共轭,M1为第二循环前缀包括的元素个数,τ=0,1,…M1-1表示τ为0至M1-1的整数。 Among them, P(τ) is the τth sub-operation result of the correlation operation result, y represents the third sequence, and l-τ can be understood as a cyclic left shift of the l-th element of the third sequence by τ. s(l) indicates the lth element of the second sequence, the superscript * in s * indicates conjugation, M1 is the number of elements included in the second cyclic prefix, τ=0,1,...M1-1 indicates that τ is An integer from 0 to M1-1.
示例性的,基于图13所示的示例,τ等于0时,l、y(l-τ)×s *(l)的取值可以如下表9所示: Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 13, when τ is equal to 0, the values of l and y(l-τ)×s * (l) can be shown in Table 9 below:
表9Table 9
ll y(l-τ)×s *(l) y(l-τ)×s * (l)
l=0l=0 R(14)×R *(0) R(14)×R * (0)
l=1l=1 R(0)×R *(1) R(0)×R * (1)
l=2l=2 R(1)×R *(2) R(1)×R * (2)
l=3l=3 R(2)×R *(3) R(2)×R * (3)
l=4l=4 R(3)×R *(4) R(3)×R * (4)
l=5l=5 R(4)×R *(5) R(4)×R * (5)
l=6l=6 R(5)×R *(6) R(5)×R * (6)
l=7l=7 R(6)×R *(7) R(6)×R * (7)
l=8l=8 R(7)×R *(8) R(7)×R * (8)
l=9l=9 R(8)×R *(9) R(8)×R * (9)
l=10l=10 R(9)×R *(10) R(9)×R * (10)
l=11l=11 R(10)×R *(11) R(10)×R * (11)
l=12l=12 R(11)×R *(12) R(11)×R * (12)
l=13l=13 R(12)×R *(13) R(12)×R * (13)
l=14l=14 R(13)×R *(14) R(13)×R * (14)
示例性的,基于图13所示的示例,τ等于1时,l、y(l-τ)×s *(l)的取值可以如下表10所示: Exemplarily, based on the example shown in FIG. 13, when τ is equal to 1, the values of l and y(l-τ)×s * (l) can be shown in Table 10 below:
表10Table 10
ll y(l-τ)×s *(l) y(l-τ)×s * (l)
l=0l=0 R(0)×R *(0) R(0)×R * (0)
l=1l=1 R(1)×R *(1) R(1)×R * (1)
l=2l=2 R(2)×R *(2) R(2)×R * (2)
l=3l=3 R(3)×R *(3) R(3)×R * (3)
l=4l=4 R(4)×R *(4) R(4)×R * (4)
l=5l=5 R(5)×R *(5) R(5)×R * (5)
l=6l=6 R(6)×R *(6) R(6)×R * (6)
l=7l=7 R(7)×R *(7) R(7)×R * (7)
l=8l=8 R(8)×R *(8) R(8)×R * (8)
l=9l=9 R(9)×R *(9) R(9)×R * (9)
l=10l=10 R(10)×R *(10) R(10)×R * (10)
l=11l=11 R(11)×R *(11) R(11)×R * (11)
l=12l=12 R(12)×R *(12) R(12)×R * (12)
l=13l=13 R(13)×R *(13) R(13)×R * (13)
l=14l=14 R(14)×R *(14) R(14)×R * (14)
S502d、根据相关运算结果确定接收端装置和目标对象之间的距离。S502d. Determine the distance between the receiving end device and the target object according to the correlation calculation result.
其中,该步骤S505d的相关实现可参考上述步骤S5054的相关说明,在此不再赘述。For the implementation of step S505d, reference may be made to the description of step S5054 above, which will not be repeated here.
至此,本申请将较长的序列进行拆分由多个时间单元承载,使得拆分后的序列在接收端进行处理时,依然能够重新拼接为长序列,例如图11a、图11b、图12、以及图13中对接收信号进行截取后得到第三序列,从而有效增加了序列的长度,增强了序列的抗干扰能力,降低不同设备发送的序列之间的干扰。So far, this application splits the longer sequence into multiple time units, so that the split sequence can still be reassembled into a long sequence when it is processed at the receiving end, such as Figure 11a, Figure 11b, Figure 12, And in FIG. 13, the third sequence is obtained by intercepting the received signal, thereby effectively increasing the length of the sequence, enhancing the anti-interference capability of the sequence, and reducing the interference between sequences sent by different devices.
此外,在接收端对接收到的序列(第三序列)和本地序列(第二序列)进行处理时,第三序列和第二序列完全符合循环移位的排列方式,即第三序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素,与第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素之间间隔的元素数相等,例如,图11a、图11b、和图12中的第三序列和第二序列,l *=0时,从循环的角度来看,R(12)与R(0)之间间隔3个元素,R(0)与R(3)之间、R(3)与R(6)之间、R(9)与R(12)之间均间隔3个元素,l *等于1和2时,也满足该规律。或者,第三序列的第l个元素和第二序列的第l个元素之间间隔的元素数相等,l为0至L-1的整数,例如图13中的第三序列和第二序列,从循环的角度来看,R(14)与R(0)之间间隔1个元素,R(0)与R(1)之间以及其他对应元素之间也满足该规律。因此能够充分利用长序列的相关性,从而提高距离测量的准确性。 In addition, when the receiving end processes the received sequence (the third sequence) and the local sequence (the second sequence), the third sequence and the second sequence fully conform to the arrangement of the cyclic shift, that is, the lth sequence of the third sequence The kth element in the * th subsequence is equal to the number of elements spaced between the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, for example, the third sequence in Figure 11a, Figure 11b, and Figure 12 and the second sequence, when l * =0, from the point of view of circulation, there are 3 elements between R(12) and R(0), between R(0) and R(3), R(3) There are 3 elements between R(6) and R(9) and R(12), and when l * is equal to 1 and 2, this rule is also satisfied. Alternatively, the number of elements spaced between the lth element of the third sequence and the lth element of the second sequence is equal, and l is an integer from 0 to L-1, such as the third sequence and the second sequence in Figure 13, From the point of view of circulation, there is one element between R(14) and R(0), and this rule is also satisfied between R(0) and R(1) and other corresponding elements. Therefore, the correlation of long sequences can be fully utilized, thereby improving the accuracy of distance measurement.
可以理解的是,以上各个实施例中,由发送端装置实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该发送端装置的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。由接收端装置实现的方法和/或步骤,也可以由可用于该接收端装置的部件(例如处理器、芯片、芯片系统、电路、逻辑模块、或软件)实现。It can be understood that, in each of the above embodiments, the methods and/or steps implemented by the sending device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or Software Implementation. The methods and/or steps implemented by the receiving end device may also be implemented by components (such as processors, chips, chip systems, circuits, logic modules, or software) that can be used in the receiving end device.
上述主要对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的发送端装置,或者包含上述发送端装置的装置,或者为可用于发送端装置的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的接收端装置,或者包含上述接收端装置的装置,或者为可用于接收端装置的部件,例如芯片或芯片系统。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the present application. Correspondingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device may be the sending end device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above sending end device, or a component that can be used for the sending end device, such as a chip or a chip system. Alternatively, the communication device may be the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above receiving end device, or a component that can be used for the receiving end device, such as a chip or a chip system.
可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现 所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
可选的,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的发送端装置为例,图14示出了一种发送端装置140的结构示意图。该发送端装置140包括处理模块1401。可选的,还可以包括收发模块1402。Optionally, taking the communication device as the sending end device in the foregoing method embodiment as an example, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a sending end device 140 . The sending end device 140 includes a processing module 1401 . Optionally, a transceiver module 1402 may also be included.
在一些实施例中,该发送端装置140还可以包括存储模块(图14中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the sending end device 140 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 14 ) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1402,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1402可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1402, also referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1402 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1402,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由发送端装置执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1401,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由发送端装置执行的处理类(例如确定、获取等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。例如:In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1402 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the sending device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the Other processes of the technology; the processing module 1401 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the sending end device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein . E.g:
处理模块1401,用于确定第一序列,第一序列的长度为L;处理模块1401,还用于根据第一序列,确定第二序列,第二序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000079
个子序列,子序列包括M个元素,第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000080
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000082
k=0,…,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000083
收发模块1402,用于发送第二序列,第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000084
个时间单元,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。
The processing module 1401 is configured to determine a first sequence, and the length of the first sequence is L; the processing module 1401 is also configured to determine a second sequence according to the first sequence, and the second sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000079
subsequence, the subsequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000080
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000081
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000082
k=0,...,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000083
The transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second sequence, the second sequence is carried by the first time unit group, and the first time unit group includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000084
time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,第一时间单元组的第l *个时间单元还承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 Optionally, the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes The last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000085
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000086
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续。
Optionally, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000085
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000086
time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
可选的,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000087
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000088
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续。
Optionally, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000087
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000088
time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
可选的,l *和l **存在映射关系,映射关系为第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。 Optionally, there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,收发模块1402,还用于向接收端装置发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示l *和l **的映射关系。 Optionally, the transceiving module 1402 is further configured to send first indication information to the receiving device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
可选的,收发模块1402,还用于向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000089
子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
Optionally, the transceiver module 1402 is further configured to send second indication information to the receiving end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, the second sequence includes The number of subsequences of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000089
The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
可选的,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:Optionally, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving device, including:
收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送无线资源控制RRC信令,RRC信令携带第二指示信息;A transceiver module 1402, configured to send radio resource control RRC signaling to the receiving device, where the RRC signaling carries second indication information;
或者,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送下行控制信息DCI,DCI携带第二指示信 息;Alternatively, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send downlink control information DCI to the receiving end device, and the DCI carries the second indication information;
或者,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送侧行链路控制信息SCI,SCI携带第二指示信息;Alternatively, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send sidelink control information SCI to the receiving end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
或者,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送RRC信令和DCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,DCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息;Alternatively, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send RRC signaling and DCI to the receiving end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
或者,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送RRC信令和SCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,SCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。Alternatively, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
可选的,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:在以下至少一项发生变化时,收发模块1402,用于向接收端装置发送第二指示信息:Optionally, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving end device, including: when at least one of the following items changes, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to send the second indication information to the receiving end device:
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000090
子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000090
The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
可选的,第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000091
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000091
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:α、N ZC、或q。 Optionally, the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: α, N ZC , or q.
可选的,第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+cn -1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+cn -1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:移位寄存器的级数N、N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或N级移位寄存器的初始状态。Optionally, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number N of shift register stages, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or the initial state of N stages of shift registers.
可选的,第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为的x 1(n)移位值,nc 2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), nc 2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、x 1(n)的移位值N c1、x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或x 2(n)的移位值N c2Optionally, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1-stage shift register, and the initial stage of the N1-stage shift register state, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2-stage shift register, the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or x 2 (n) shift value N c2 .
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,该发送端装置140以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the sending end device 140 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. "Module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该发送端装置140可以采用图4所示的通信装置400的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can imagine that the sending end device 140 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
作为一种示例,图14中的处理模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的通信装置400中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图14中 的收发模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的通信装置400中的通信接口404来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 401 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 invoking computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 . The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 in FIG. 14 can be realized through the communication interface 404 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
在一些实施例中,当图14中的发送端装置140是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the sending end device 140 in FIG. 14 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module 1401 The function/implementation process of may be realized by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or a chip system.
由于本实施例提供的发送端装置140可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the sending end device 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above method embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
可选的,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的接收端装置为例,图15示出了一种接收端装置150的结构示意图。该接收端装置150包括处理模块1501。可选的,还可以包括收发模块1502。Optionally, taking the communication device as the receiving end device in the foregoing method embodiment as an example, FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a receiving end device 150 . The receiver device 150 includes a processing module 1501 . Optionally, a transceiver module 1502 may also be included.
在一些实施例中,该接收端装置150还可以包括存储模块(图15中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the receiver device 150 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 15 ) for storing program instructions and data.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1502,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1502可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1502 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1502 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
在一些实施例中,收发模块1502,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由接收端装置执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1501,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由接收端装置执行的处理类(例如确定、获取等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。例如:In some embodiments, the transceiving module 1502 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to perform the receiving and sending steps performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, and/or used to support the Other processes of the technology; the processing module 1501 may be used to execute steps of the processing type (such as determination, acquisition, etc.) performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, and/or other processes used to support the technology described herein . E.g:
处理模块1501,用于在第一时间单元组上获取参考信号的接收信号,参考信号包括根据第一序列确定的第二序列,第二序列包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000092
个子序列,子序列包括M个元素,第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为第一序列中的第
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000093
个元素,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000094
k=0,…,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000095
第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,第一时间单元组包括
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000096
个时间单元,第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列;处理模块1501,还用于根据第二序列对接收信号进行处理。
The processing module 1501 is configured to acquire a received signal of a reference signal on a first time unit group, the reference signal includes a second sequence determined according to the first sequence, and the second sequence includes
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000092
subsequence, the subsequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000093
elements,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000094
k=0,...,M-1,
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000095
The second sequence is carried by the first time unit group consisting of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000096
time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence; the processing module 1501 is also configured to process the received signal according to the second sequence.
可选的,第一时间单元组的第l *个时间单元还承载第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 Optionally, the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes The last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb大于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000097
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000098
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内不连续。
Optionally, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is greater than
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000097
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000098
time units are not consecutive within the second time unit group.
可选的,第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,N symb等于
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000099
第一时间单元组包括的
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000100
个时间单元在第二时间单元组内连续。
Optionally, the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and N symb is equal to
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000099
The first time unit group consists of
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000100
time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
可选的,l *和l **存在映射关系,映射关系为第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载第二序列的第l *个子序列。 Optionally, there is a mapping relationship between l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
可选的,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示l *和l **的映射关系。 Optionally, the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive first indication information from the sending end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the mapping relationship between l * and l ** .
可选的,收发模块1502,还用于接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:Optionally, the transceiver module 1502 is further configured to receive second indication information from the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following:
第一序列的长度、第一序列的生成参数、第二序列包括的子序列的个数
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000101
第二序列的子序列包括的元素个数M、或第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
The length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the number of subsequences included in the second sequence
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000101
The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
可选的,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,包括:Optionally, the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive the second indication information from the sending device, including:
收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的无线资源控制RRC信令,RRC信令携带第二指示信息;A transceiver module 1502, configured to receive radio resource control RRC signaling from the sending end device, where the RRC signaling carries second indication information;
或者,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的下行控制信息DCI,DCI携带第二指示信息;Alternatively, the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the sender device, where the DCI carries second indication information;
或者,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的侧行链路控制信息SCI,SCI携带第二指示信息;Alternatively, the transceiving module 1502 is configured to receive sidelink control information SCI from the sending end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
或者,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和DCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,DCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息;Alternatively, the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive RRC signaling and DCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
或者,收发模块1502,用于接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和SCI,RRC信令携带第二指示信息的部分信息,SCI携带第二指示信息的另一部分信息。Alternatively, the transceiver module 1502 is configured to receive RRC signaling and SCI from the sending end device, the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
可选的,第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000102
Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-000102
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:α、N ZC、或q。 Optionally, the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: α, N ZC , or q.
可选的,第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence is generated by feedback-connected N-stage shift registers; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:移位寄存器的级数N、N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或N级移位寄存器的初始状态。Optionally, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number N of shift register stages, the feedback connection mode of N stages of shift registers, or the initial state of N stages of shift registers.
可选的,第一序列满足如下公式:Optionally, the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
其中,r(n)为第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为的x 1(n)移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Among them, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), N c2 is x 2 ( n) shift value.
可选的,第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、x 1(n)的移位值N c1、x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或x 2(n)的移位值N c2Optionally, the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following: the number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1-stage shift register, and the initial stage of the N1-stage shift register state, the shift value N c1 of x 1 (n), the number of stages N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2-stage shift register, the initial state of the N2-stage shift register, or x 2 (n) shift value N c2 .
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above-mentioned method embodiment can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, and will not be repeated here.
在本申请中,该接收端装置150以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this application, the receiver device 150 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. "Module" here may refer to a specific application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other functions that can provide the above functions device.
在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该接收端装置150可以采用图4所示的通信装置400的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art can imagine that the receiver device 150 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
作为一种示例,图15中的处理模块1501的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的通信装置400中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图15中的收发模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的通信装置400中的通信接口404 来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 in FIG. 15 may be implemented by the processor 401 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 invoking computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 . The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 in FIG. 15 can be realized through the communication interface 404 in the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
在一些实施例中,当图15中的接收端装置150是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1501的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the receiving end device 150 in FIG. 15 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 can be realized through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the processing module 1501 The function/implementation process of may be realized by a processor (or processing circuit) of a chip or a chip system.
由于本实施例提供的接收端装置150可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the receiver device 150 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned method, the technical effect it can obtain can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的发送端装置或接收端装置,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the sending end device or receiving end device described in the embodiment of the present application can also be realized by using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (field programmable gate array, FPGA), Programmable logic device (PLD), controller, state machine, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuit, or any combination of circuits capable of performing the various functions described throughout this application.
作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的发送端装置或接收端装置,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。为了便于说明,参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1600的结构示意图,该通信装置1600包括处理器1601和收发器1602。该通信装置1600可以为发送端装置或接收端装置,或其中的芯片。图16仅示出了通信装置1600的主要部件。除处理器1601和收发器1602之外,所述通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1603、以及输入输出装置(图未示意)。As another possible product form, the sending-end device or the receiving-end device described in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a general bus architecture. For ease of description, refer to FIG. 16 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application, where the communication device 1600 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602 . The communication device 1600 may be a sending end device or a receiving end device, or a chip therein. FIG. 16 shows only the main components of the communication device 1600 . In addition to the processor 1601 and the transceiver 1602, the communication device may further include a memory 1603 and an input and output device (not shown in the figure).
其中,处理器1601主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1603主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1602可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Wherein, the processor 1601 is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, controlling the entire communication device, executing software programs, and processing data of the software programs. The memory 1603 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The transceiver 1602 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting a baseband signal to a radio frequency signal and processing the radio frequency signal. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
其中,处理器1601、收发器1602、以及存储器1603可以通过通信总线连接。Wherein, the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1603 may be connected through a communication bus.
当通信装置开机后,处理器1601可以读取存储器1603中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1601对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1601,处理器1601将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1601 can read the software program in the memory 1603, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1601 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1601, and the processor 1601 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data deal with.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the radio frequency circuit and the antenna can be set independently from the processor for baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely from the communication device. .
在一些实施例中,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。In some embodiments, the embodiments of the present application further provide a communication device, where the communication device includes a processor, configured to implement the method in any one of the foregoing method embodiments.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的计算机程序和数据。该计算机程序可以包括指令,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的计算机程序中的指令以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a memory. This memory is used to save necessary computer programs and data. The computer program may include instructions, and the processor may invoke the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any one of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器 中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device further includes an interface circuit, the interface circuit is a code/data read and write interface circuit, and the interface circuit is used to receive computer-executed instructions (computer-executed instructions are stored in the memory, and may be directly read from memory read, or possibly through other devices) and transferred to the processor.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As yet another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, where the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the communication device.
可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device may be a chip or a system-on-a-chip. When the communication device is a system-on-a-chip, it may consist of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program or instruction is stored, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a computer, the functions of any one of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
可以理解,本申请中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It can be understood that the systems, devices and methods described in this application can also be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or may be a data storage device including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape), an optical medium (such as a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)), etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned apparatus.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但 这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with various embodiments here, however, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that these measures cannot be combined to advantage.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of this application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种参考信号的发送方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for sending a reference signal, characterized in that the method comprises:
    确定第一序列,所述第一序列的长度为L;determining a first sequence, the length of the first sequence is L;
    根据所述第一序列,确定第二序列,所述第二序列包括
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100001
    个子序列,所述子序列包括M个元素,所述第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为所述第一序列中的第
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100002
    个元素,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100003
    k=0,…,M-1,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100004
    According to the first sequence, determine a second sequence, the second sequence includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100001
    subsequence, the subsequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100002
    elements,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100003
    k=0,...,M-1,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100004
    发送所述第二序列,所述第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,所述第一时间单元组包括
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100005
    个时间单元,所述第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列。
    sending the second sequence, the second sequence is carried by a first time unit group, and the first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100005
    time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组的第l*个时间单元还承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,所述第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括所述第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the l*th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first The first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,所述第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,所述N symb大于所述
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100006
    所述第一时间单元组包括的
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100007
    个时间单元在所述第二时间单元组内不连续。
    The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and the N symb is greater than said
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100006
    The first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100007
    time units are not consecutive within the second group of time units.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,所述第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,所述N symb等于所述
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100008
    所述第一时间单元组包括的
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100009
    个时间单元在所述第二时间单元组内连续。
    The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and the N symb is equal to said
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100008
    The first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100009
    time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述l *和l **存在映射关系,所述映射关系为所述第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列。 The method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein there is a mapping relationship between the l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the The l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    向接收端装置发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述l *和所述l **的映射关系。 Sending first indication information to the receiving end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the l * and the l ** .
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the method further comprises:
    向接收端装置发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述第一序列的长度、所述第一序列的生成参数、所述第二序列包括的子序列的个数
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100010
    所述子序列包括的元素个数M、或所述第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
    Sending second indication information to the receiving end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the subsequences included in the second sequence number of
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100010
    The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the sending the second indication information to the receiving device comprises:
    向所述接收端装置发送无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息;sending radio resource control RRC signaling to the receiving device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information;
    或者,向所述接收端装置发送下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息;Or, sending downlink control information DCI to the receiver device, where the DCI carries the second indication information;
    或者,向所述接收端装置发送侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述SCI携带所述第二指示信息;Or, sending sidelink control information SCI to the receiving end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
    或者,向所述接收端装置发送RRC信令和DCI,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息的部分信息,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息的另一部分信息;Or, send RRC signaling and DCI to the receiving end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
    或者,向所述接收端装置发送RRC信令和SCI,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息的部分信息,所述SCI携带所述第二指示信息的另一部分信息。Or, send RRC signaling and SCI to the receiving end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述向所述接收端装置发送第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the sending the second indication information to the receiving device comprises:
    在以下至少一项发生变化时,向所述接收端装置发送所述第二指示信息:所述第一序列的长度、所述第一序列的生成参数、所述第二序列包括的子序列的个数
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100011
    所述子序列包括的元素个数M、或所述第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
    When at least one of the following changes, the second indication information is sent to the receiving end device: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the subsequences included in the second sequence Number
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100011
    The number M of elements included in the subsequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100012
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100012
    其中,r(n)为所述第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Wherein, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or The smallest prime number greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:所述α、所述N ZC、或所述q。 The method according to claim 10, wherein the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: the α, the N ZC , or the q.
  12. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein the first sequence is generated by an N-stage shift register connected by feedback; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
    其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 12, wherein the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following:
    所述移位寄存器的级数N、所述N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或所述N级移位寄存器的初始状态。The number of stages N of the shift register, the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register, or the initial state of the N-stage shift register.
  14. 根据权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
    其中,r(n)为所述第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为x 1(n)的移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Wherein, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), N c2 is x 2 (n) shift value.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 14, wherein the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following:
    所述x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、所述N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、所述x 1(n)的移位值N c1、所述x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、所述N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或所述x 2(n)的移位值N c2The number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to the x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1 stage shift register, the initial state of the N1 stage shift register, the shift value N of the x 1 (n) c1 , the stage number N2 of the shift register corresponding to x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2 stage shift register, the initial state of the N2 stage shift register, or the shift of the x 2 (n) bit value N c2 .
  16. 一种参考信号的接收方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for receiving a reference signal, characterized in that the method comprises:
    在第一时间单元组上获取参考信号的接收信号,所述参考信号包括根据第一序列确定的第二序列,所述第二序列包括
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100013
    个子序列,所述子序列包括M个元素,所述第二序列的第l *个子序列中的第k个元素为所述第一序列中的第
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100014
    个元素,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100015
    k=0,…,M-1,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100016
    所述第二序列由第一时间单元组承载,所述第一时间单元组包括
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100017
    个时间单元,所述第一时间单元组中的第l *个时间单元承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列;
    Obtain a received signal of a reference signal on a first time unit group, the reference signal includes a second sequence determined according to the first sequence, the second sequence includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100013
    subsequence, the subsequence includes M elements, and the kth element in the l * th subsequence of the second sequence is the first sequence in the first sequence
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100014
    elements,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100015
    k=0,...,M-1,
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100016
    The second sequence is carried by a first time unit group, and the first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100017
    time units, the l * th time unit in the first time unit group carries the l * th subsequence of the second sequence;
    根据所述第二序列对所述接收信号进行处理。The received signal is processed according to the second sequence.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组的第l *个时间单元还承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀,所述第二序列的第l *个子序列对应的第一循环前缀包括所述第二序列的第l *个子序列的后M1个元素。 The method according to claim 16, wherein the l * th time unit of the first time unit group also carries the first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence, and the first The first cyclic prefix corresponding to the l * th subsequence of the second sequence includes the last M1 elements of the l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,所述第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,所述N symb大于所述
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100018
    所述第一时间单元组包括的
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100019
    个时间单元在所述第二时间单元组内不连续。
    The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and the N symb is greater than said
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100018
    The first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100019
    time units are not consecutive within the second group of time units.
  19. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间单元组包含于第二时间单元组内,所述第二时间单元组包括N symb个时间单元,所述N symb等于所述
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100020
    所述第一时间单元组包括的
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100021
    个时间单元在所述第二时间单元组内连续。
    The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the first time unit group is included in the second time unit group, the second time unit group includes N symb time units, and the N symb is equal to said
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100020
    The first time unit group includes
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100021
    time units are consecutive within the second time unit group.
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述l *和l **存在映射关系,所述映射关系为所述第二时间单元组的第l **个时间单元承载所述第二序列的第l *个子序列。 The method according to claim 18 or 19, characterized in that there is a mapping relationship between the l * and l ** , and the mapping relationship is that the l ** th time unit of the second time unit group carries the The l * th subsequence of the second sequence.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, further comprising:
    接收来自发送端装置的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述l *和所述l **的映射关系。 Receive first indication information from the sending end device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the l * and the l ** .
  22. 根据权利要求16-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 16-21, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示以下至少一项:所述第一序列的长度、所述第一序列的生成参数、所述第二序列包括的子序列的个数
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100022
    所述第二序列的子序列包括的元素个数M、或所述第一时间单元组中起始时间单元的时域位置。
    Receive second indication information from the sending end device, where the second indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the length of the first sequence, the generation parameters of the first sequence, and the substrings included in the second sequence number of sequences
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100022
    The number M of elements included in the subsequence of the second sequence, or the time domain position of the starting time unit in the first time unit group.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,接收来自发送端装置的第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein receiving the second indication information from the sending end device comprises:
    接收来自发送端装置的无线资源控制RRC信令,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息;receiving radio resource control RRC signaling from the sending end device, where the RRC signaling carries the second indication information;
    或者,接收来自发送端装置的下行控制信息DCI,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息;Or, receive downlink control information DCI from the sending end device, where the DCI carries the second indication information;
    或者,接收来自发送端装置的侧行链路控制信息SCI,所述SCI携带所述第二指示信息;Or, receive sidelink control information SCI from the sending end device, where the SCI carries the second indication information;
    或者,接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和DCI,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息的部分信息,所述DCI携带所述第二指示信息的另一部分信息;Or, receive RRC signaling and DCI from the sending end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the DCI carries another part of the second indication information;
    或者,接收来自发送端装置的RRC信令和SCI,所述RRC信令携带所述第二指示信息的部分信息,所述SCI携带所述第二指示信息的另一部分信息。Or, receive RRC signaling and SCI from the sending end device, where the RRC signaling carries part of the second indication information, and the SCI carries another part of the second indication information.
  24. 根据权利要求16-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 16-23, wherein the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n)=Ae jαnx q(n mod N ZC),n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=Ae jαn x q (n mod N ZC ), n=0,1,2...L-1
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100023
    Figure PCTCN2022084600-appb-100023
    其中,r(n)为所述第一序列的第n个元素,A为与n无关的复数,j为虚数单位,α为与n无关的实数,N ZC为小于或等于L的最大质数或大于L的最小质数或小于等于2L的最大质数或大于2L的最小质数,q为大于0小于N ZC的整数。 Wherein, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, A is a complex number independent of n, j is an imaginary unit, α is a real number independent of n, N ZC is the largest prime number less than or equal to L or The smallest prime number greater than L or the largest prime number less than or equal to 2L or the smallest prime number greater than 2L, q is an integer greater than 0 and less than N ZC .
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:所述α、所述N ZC、或所述q。 The method according to claim 24, wherein the generation parameter of the first sequence indicates one or more of the following: the α, the N ZC , or the q.
  26. 根据权利要求16-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列通过反馈连接的N级移位寄存器生成;所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 16-23, wherein the first sequence is generated by an N-stage shift register connected by feedback; the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n+N)=(c Nr(n+N-1)+c N-1r(n+N-2)+…+c 1r(n))mod2 r(n+N)=(c N r(n+N-1)+c N-1 r(n+N-2)+...+c 1 r(n)) mod2
    其中,n=0,1,2…L-N-1,c i为第i个移位寄存器的反馈系数,i=1,2,…N。 Wherein, n=0,1,2...LN-1, c i is the feedback coefficient of the i-th shift register, i=1,2,...N.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 26, wherein the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following:
    所述移位寄存器的级数N、所述N级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、或所述N级移位寄存器的初始状态。The number of stages N of the shift register, the feedback connection mode of the N-stage shift register, or the initial state of the N-stage shift register.
  28. 根据权利要求16-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列满足如下公式:The method according to any one of claims 16-23, wherein the first sequence satisfies the following formula:
    r(n)=(x 1(n+N c1)+x 2(n+N c2))mod2,n=0,1,2……L-1 r(n)=(x 1 (n+N c1 )+x 2 (n+N c2 ))mod2, n=0,1,2...L-1
    其中,r(n)为所述第一序列的第n个元素,x 1(n)和x 2(n)为m序列,N c1为的x 1(n)移位值,N c2为x 2(n)的移位值。 Wherein, r(n) is the nth element of the first sequence, x 1 (n) and x 2 (n) are m sequences, N c1 is the shift value of x 1 (n), and N c2 is x 2 (n) shift value.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一序列的生成参数指示以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 28, wherein the generation parameters of the first sequence indicate one or more of the following:
    所述x 1(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N1、N1级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、所述N1级移位寄存器的初始状态、所述x 1(n)的移位值N c1、所述x 2(n)对应的移位寄存器的级数N2、N2级移位寄存器的反馈连接方式、所述N2级移位寄存器的初始状态、或所述x 2(n)的移位值N c2The number of stages N1 of the shift register corresponding to the x 1 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N1 stage shift register, the initial state of the N1 stage shift register, the shift value N of the x 1 (n) c1 , the stage number N2 of the shift register corresponding to the x 2 (n), the feedback connection mode of the N2 stage shift register, the initial state of the N2 stage shift register, or the shift of the x 2 (n) bit value N c2 .
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括:一个或多个处理器,用于执行指令以使所述通信装置实现如权利要求1-15任一项所述的方法,或者,以使所述通信装置实现如权利要求16-29任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device comprises: one or more processors, configured to execute instructions to enable the communication device to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-15, or, by The communication device is made to implement the method according to any one of claims 16-29.
PCT/CN2022/084600 2021-06-10 2022-03-31 Methods for transmitting and receiving reference signal, and apparatus WO2022257572A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110645411 2021-06-10
CN202110645411.6 2021-06-10
CN202110991104.3 2021-08-26
CN202110991104.3A CN115473778A (en) 2021-06-10 2021-08-26 Method and device for sending and receiving reference signal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022257572A1 true WO2022257572A1 (en) 2022-12-15

Family

ID=84364388

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/084600 WO2022257572A1 (en) 2021-06-10 2022-03-31 Methods for transmitting and receiving reference signal, and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115473778A (en)
WO (1) WO2022257572A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030189893A1 (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-09 Tom Richardson Phase sequences for timing and access signals
CN102026219A (en) * 2009-09-22 2011-04-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and corresponding device for generating and transmitting wireless channel measurement reference signal
CN108282435A (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method for transmitting signals and device
CN112822786A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-18 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110226342B (en) * 2017-01-25 2021-08-20 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting reference signal and method and device for receiving reference signal
US11575554B2 (en) * 2017-08-11 2023-02-07 Apple Inc. Scrambling sequence initial seed configuration for reference signals, data, and control channel for new radio
CN110971334A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for processing interference, storage medium, and electronic apparatus
CN111555848B (en) * 2019-02-11 2023-05-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Reference signal transmission method and communication equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030189893A1 (en) * 2002-04-05 2003-10-09 Tom Richardson Phase sequences for timing and access signals
CN102026219A (en) * 2009-09-22 2011-04-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and corresponding device for generating and transmitting wireless channel measurement reference signal
CN108282435A (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of method for transmitting signals and device
CN112822786A (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-05-18 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: ""Discussion on reference signal design for identifying remote interference"", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #95 R1-1812217, 3 November 2018 (2018-11-03), XP051478373 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115473778A (en) 2022-12-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019237983A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring pre-coded matrix
US11516674B2 (en) Framework of secure ranging without PHY payload
JP7222076B2 (en) Information transmission and reception methods, devices and apparatus
WO2022037664A1 (en) Discontinuous reception (drx) configuration method and apparatus, and device
CN113167879A (en) Optimized transmission for single/double-sided two-way ranging in multiple devices
WO2017206187A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting data
WO2019028793A1 (en) Random access preamble transmitting method and device
CN113785531B (en) Enhancing flexibility in changing STS index/counter in IEEE 802.15.4z
WO2019096030A1 (en) Frequency hopping processing method and device
WO2021027893A1 (en) Dmrs port determination method and communication apparatus
WO2015109851A1 (en) Method and device for sending device-to-device synchronization signal, and user equipment
WO2022067726A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus for resource scheduling
US20230141169A1 (en) Sequence-based signal processing method and apparatus
WO2020192481A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2018228243A1 (en) Method and device for sending demodulation reference signal, demodulation method and device
WO2021239113A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2018223872A1 (en) Communication method and relevant device
WO2021083249A1 (en) Sequence-based signal transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2017121384A1 (en) Wireless frame transmission method and wireless network device
CN113302867B (en) Common signal structure for multiple parameter sets
WO2021109108A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022242335A1 (en) Signal sending method and apparatus, and signal receiving method and apparatus
WO2020088080A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting reference signal
WO2022257572A1 (en) Methods for transmitting and receiving reference signal, and apparatus
WO2019095927A1 (en) Random access method, network device and terminal

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22819177

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22819177

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1